sustainability assessment of complex bridges
TRANSCRIPT
1
Advanced Final Year Project Report
Sustainability Assessment of Complex
Bridges
Civil & Structural Engineering
University of Bradford
Prof. Crina Oltean-Dumbrava
James Serpell
11027311
2016
I
DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENT WORK
Student Name: James Serpell
UoB Number: 11027311
Course: Civil & Structural Engineering
Signature: ………………………………………………………………………………..…….
Date: 20/04/16
FOR YOUR PROJECT TO BE ACCEPTED THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED AND SUBMITTED WITH IT In
submitting your project with this form you are agreeing that your final year project is completely YOUR
OWN WORK and that you are aware of the University definition of Plagiarism (reproduced below) and
that you may face formal disciplinary procedures should your project be found to contain such material.
Please note that in recent years several students have been denied a degree as a result of such
procedures.
_____________________________________________________________________________
University Regulations on Plagiarism The University has very strict regulations on the presentation of
work for formal assessment. The following extract has been reproduced to help you understand what
expectations and responsibilities are required of you as a registered student of the University. "A
dissertation, thesis, essay, project or any other work which is not undertaken in an examination room
under supervision but which is submitted by a student for formal assessment must be written by the
student and in the student’s own words, except for quotations from published and unpublished sources
which shall be clearly indicated and acknowledged as such" "…students must not use any means
whatever to obtain, directly or indirectly, assistance in their work or give or attempt to give, directly or
indirectly, such assistance to any other students in their work". Further information can be obtained on
the following University web address:
http://www.brad.ac.uk/admin/acsec/assu/university_policy_on_plagiarism.htm YOU ARE RISKING YOUR
DEGREE IF YOU SUBMIT A PROJECT WHICH CONTAINS PLAGIARISED MATERIAL
II
Abstract
Following the development of the ‘New Road-Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ (NRBSA) model, it was
clear that some improvements had to be made in order to take a step closer to creating a model that
has the potential to be used in reality. In order to make a name for itself & become a well known
sustainability assessment model, larger & more complex bridge designs would have to be assessed. This
report aims to adapt & improve the NRBSA model & develop a new model that is catered to complex
bridges. This will be completed in the following manner:
Reviewing existing literature to gain in-depth knowledge of the working methodology of
sustainability assessment models.
Use the advanced insight gained from the literature review to adapt & improve the NRBSA
model in developing the new ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model.
Test the newly developed CBSA model on the post-construction case-study project, the Oresund
Link.
Test the CBSA model on the proposed Solent Link project during the design stage.
Discuss the advancements made from the Sustainability Assessment of Road-Bridges report by
Serpell (2015), highlighting the improvements made to the sustainability assessment model.
III
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank my personal tutor, Prof. Crina Oltean-Dumbrava, for her continued dedication in
helping me write this report. Prof. Oltean-Dumbrava pushed me to challenge myself in choosing
complex bridges as a subject matter which we both knew would be a difficult process. However, with
her encouragement & expert advice in professional report writing, I was able to put together a
dissertation that I am extremely proud of. Thank you.
IV
Table of Contents
DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENT WORK ....................................................................................................... I
Abstract ......................................................................................................................................................... II
Acknowledgements ...................................................................................................................................... III
List of abbreviations ................................................................................................................................... XIX
Introduction ............................................................................................................................................... XXI
Chapter 1 – Existing research into sustainability assessment of complex bridges ....................................... 1
1.1. – Review of Penang Second Bridge sustainability assessment using Analytical Hierarchy Process .. 1
1.1.1. – Analytical Hierarchy Process methodology .............................................................................. 1
1.1.2. – Penang Second Bridge Assessment .......................................................................................... 4
1.1.3. – Critical analysis of Analytical Hierarchy Process assessment of the Penang Second Bridge . 12
1.2. – Review of Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects assessment of Hong Kong Special
Administrative Region bridge foundations ............................................................................................. 16
1.2.1. – Project description for the Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects assessment of
the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region Bridge foundations .................................................... 16
1.2.2. – Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects assessment of the Hong Kong Special
Administrative Region Bridge foundations ......................................................................................... 18
1.2.3. – Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects data analysis and discussion for the Hong
Kong Special Administrative Region Bridge foundation project ......................................................... 24
1.2.4. – Critical analysis of the Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects assessment process
............................................................................................................................................................ 25
1.3. – Critical analysis of the Oresund Bridge linking Sweden & Denmark ............................................. 26
1.3.1. – Planning & reasons for constructing the Oresund Bridge ..................................................... 27
1.3.2. – Aesthetics of the Oresund Bridge .......................................................................................... 27
1.3.3. – Construction of the Oresund Bridge ...................................................................................... 31
1.3.4. – Durability of the Oresund Bridge ........................................................................................... 33
1.3.5. – The future of the Oresund Bridge .......................................................................................... 34
1.3.6. – Critical analysis of the critical analysis of the Oresund Bridge............................................... 35
1.4. – Development of the Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment model ...................................... 36
1.4.1. - Adaption of New Road Bridge Sustainability Assessment model to create Complex Bridge
Sustainability Assessment model ........................................................................................................ 36
V
1.4.2. - Improvement of the New Road Bridge Sustainability Assessment model to create the
Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment model ............................................................................. 37
1.4.3. – Working methodology of the Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment model ................. 38
1.5. – Brief summary of Chapter 1 .......................................................................................................... 40
Chapter 2 – Case-study 1. The Oresund Link .............................................................................................. 41
2.1. – Stage 1-Initial research for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Oresund Link........ 42
2.2. – Stage 2-Indicator selection for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Oresund Link .. 43
2.3. – Stage 3-Indicator weighting for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Oresund Link 47
2.4. – Stage 4-Indicator aggregation for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Oresund Link
................................................................................................................................................................ 50
2.5. – Stage 5-Identifying key design options for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the
Oresund Link ........................................................................................................................................... 51
2.5.1. – Choice of the Oresund Link bridge deck design ..................................................................... 51
2.5.2. – Choice of the Oresund Link cable system .............................................................................. 53
2.5.3. – Choice of pre-fab construction method for the Oresund Link ............................................... 54
2.5.4. – Choice of the tunnel construction method for the Oresund Link .......................................... 56
2.5.5. – Choice of centre span design for the Oresund Link ............................................................... 57
2.6. – Stage 6-Pairwise comparison of the key design options for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’, the Oresund Link ............................................................................................................... 59
2.6.1. – Pairwise comparison of the Oresund Link deck design ......................................................... 59
2.6.2. – Pairwise comparison of the Oresund Link cable system design ............................................ 65
2.6.3. – Pairwise comparison of the Oresund Link concrete construction design.............................. 69
2.6.4. – Pairwise comparison of the Oresund Link tunnel construction design ................................. 74
2.6.5. – Pairwise comparison of the Oresund Link centre span design .............................................. 78
2.7. – Stage 7-Normalised indicator assessment for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the
Oresund Link ........................................................................................................................................... 82
2.7.1. – Normalisation of environmental indicators, the Oresund Link ............................................. 82
2.7.2. – Normalisation of economic indicators, the Oresund Link ..................................................... 88
2.7.3. – Normalisation of social indicators, the Oresund Link ............................................................ 93
2.8. – Stage 8-Results for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Oresund Link .................... 99
2.9. – Stage 9-Visualisation for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Oresund Link ......... 102
2.10. – Brief summary of Chapter 2 ...................................................................................................... 103
Chapter 3 – Case-study 2. The Solent Link ................................................................................................ 105
VI
3.1. – Stage 1-Initial research for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Solent Link ......... 106
3.2. – Stage 2-Indicator selection for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Solent Link ... 108
3.3. – Stage 3-Indicator weighting for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Solent Link .. 111
3.4. – Stage 4-Indicator aggregation for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Solent Link
.............................................................................................................................................................. 114
3.5. – Stage 5- Identifying key design options for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the
Solent Link ............................................................................................................................................. 115
3.5.1. – Choice of Solent Link crossing type ...................................................................................... 115
3.5.2. – Choice of Solent Link design to maintain shipping routes ................................................... 117
3.5.3. – Choice of the Solent Link to be floating or not .................................................................... 119
3.6. – Stage 6-Pairwise comparison of the key design options for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’, the Solent Link ................................................................................................................ 120
3.6.1. – Pairwise comparison of the Solent Link crossing type design ............................................. 121
3.6.2. – Pairwise comparison of Solent Link design to maintain shipping routes ............................ 126
3.6.3. – Pairwise comparison of Solent Link structural design ......................................................... 130
3.7. – Outline Design of the Solent Link ................................................................................................ 134
3.7.1. – Detailed description of the Solent Link design .................................................................... 134
3.7.2. – Basic design calculations for the Solent Link ....................................................................... 141
3.7.3. – Drawings for the Solent Link ................................................................................................ 145
3.8. – Stage 7-Normalised indicator assessment for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the
Solent Link ............................................................................................................................................. 149
3.8.1. - Normalisation of environmental indicators, the Solent Link ................................................ 149
3.8.2. – Normalisation of economic indicators, the Solent Link ....................................................... 156
3.8.3. – Normalisation of social indicators, the Solent Link .............................................................. 162
3.9. – Stage 8-Results for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Solent Link...................... 172
3.10. – Stage 9-Visualisation for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Solent Link ........... 175
3.11. – Brief summary of Chapter 3 ...................................................................................................... 176
Chapter 4 – Discussion .............................................................................................................................. 177
4.1. – Critical analysis of the ‘New Road-Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model in comparison with
the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model ....................................................................... 177
4.1.1. – Critical analysis of the ‘New Road-Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model advantages in
comparison with the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model advantages .................... 178
VII
4.1.2. – Critical analysis of the ‘New Road-Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model disadvantages in
comparison with the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model disadvantages ............... 180
4.2. – Critical analysis of further advances to the ‘New Road-Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model
in the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model ................................................................... 181
4.3. – Critical analysis of the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model case-study results . 184
4.3.1. – Un-aggregated assessment of the Oresund Link & critical analysis of results .................... 184
4.3.2. – Un-aggregated assessment of the Solent Link & critical analysis of results ........................ 195
Conclusions ............................................................................................................................................... 205
Future recommendations ......................................................................................................................... 211
References ................................................................................................................................................ 212
Appendix 1. Data collection ...................................................................................................................... 227
Appendix 1.1. – Environment ............................................................................................................... 227
Appendix 1.1.1. – Ecological impact ................................................................................................. 227
Appendix 1.1.2. – Energy use ............................................................................................................ 227
Appendix 1.1.3. – Waste management ............................................................................................. 228
Appendix 1.1.4. – Land use ............................................................................................................... 228
Appendix 1.1.5. – Natural material used .......................................................................................... 228
Appendix 1.1.6. – Consideration of environmental climate change ................................................ 228
Appendix 1.2. – Economy ..................................................................................................................... 229
Appendix 1.2.1. – Economic impact .................................................................................................. 229
Appendix 1.2.2. – Employment ......................................................................................................... 230
Appendix 1.2.3. – Economic Risk ...................................................................................................... 230
Appendix 1.2.4. – Financial investment ............................................................................................ 231
Appendix 1.3. – Society ......................................................................................................................... 231
Appendix 1.3.1. – Health & wellbeing ............................................................................................... 231
Appendix 1.3.2. – Transport impact .................................................................................................. 232
Appendix 1.3.3. – Stakeholder engagement ..................................................................................... 232
Appendix 1.3.4. – Health & Safety .................................................................................................... 232
Appendix 1.3.5. – Visual impact ........................................................................................................ 232
Appendix 1.3.6. – Equality ................................................................................................................ 232
Appendix 1.3.7. – Educational impact .............................................................................................. 233
Appendix 1.3.8. – Consideration of social climate change ............................................................... 233
VIII
Appendix 2. Meeting logbook ................................................................................................................... 234
Appendix 2.1. – Semester 1 .................................................................................................................. 234
Appendix 2.1.1. – Week 1 ................................................................................................................. 234
Appendix 2.1.2. – Week 2 ................................................................................................................. 234
Appendix 2.1.3. – Week 3 ................................................................................................................. 234
Appendix 2.1.4. – Week 4 ................................................................................................................. 234
Appendix 2.1.5. – Week 5 ................................................................................................................. 234
Appendix 2.1.6. – Week 6 ................................................................................................................. 235
Appendix 2.1.7. – Week 7 ................................................................................................................. 235
Appendix 2.1.8. – Week 8 ................................................................................................................. 235
Appendix 2.1.9. – Week 9 ................................................................................................................. 235
Appendix 2.1.10.- Week 10 ............................................................................................................... 235
Appendix 2.1.11. – Week 11 ............................................................................................................. 235
Appendix 2.1.12. – Week 12 ............................................................................................................. 236
Appendix 2.2. – Semester 2 .................................................................................................................. 236
Appendix 2.2.1. – Week 1 ................................................................................................................. 236
Appendix 2.2.2. – Week 2 ................................................................................................................. 236
Appendix 2.2.3. – Week 3 ................................................................................................................. 236
Appendix 2.2.4. – Week 4 ................................................................................................................. 236
Appendix 2.2.5. – Week 5 ................................................................................................................. 236
Appendix 2.2.6. – Week 6 ................................................................................................................. 237
Appendix 2.2.7. – Week 7 ................................................................................................................. 237
Appendix 2.2.8. – Week 8 ................................................................................................................. 237
Appendix 2.2.9. – Week 9 ................................................................................................................. 237
Appendix 2.2.10. – Week 10 ............................................................................................................. 237
Appendix 2.2.11. – Week 11 ............................................................................................................. 238
Appendix 2.2.12. – Week 12 ............................................................................................................. 238
Appendix 3. Report progression Gannt Chart ........................................................................................... 239
Appendix 4. Solent Link drawings ............................................................................................................. 241
IX
List of figures
Figure 1.1. Penang Second Bridge location (Yadollahi et al., 2014). ............................................................ 5
Figure 1.2. Penang Second Bridge (Datajembatan, 2015) ............................................................................ 5
Figure 1.3. P2B assessment final score comparisons (Yadollahi et al., 2014) ............................................ 10
Figure 1.4. P2B assessment indicator score comparisons (Yadollahi et al., 2014) ..................................... 11
Figure 1.5. Proposed HKSAR bridge (macaumagazine.net, 2015) .............................................................. 16
Figure 1.6. HKSAR pile arrangement options (Ugwu et al., 2006) .............................................................. 17
Figure 1.7. Flow chart credit system example (Ugwu et al., 2006) ............................................................. 21
Figure 1.8. SUSAIP graphical representation of HKSAR bridge pile results (Ugwu et al., 2006) ................. 24
Figure 1.9. The Oresund Bridge (denmarktour.org, 2016) ......................................................................... 26
Figure 1.10. The Oresund Bridge Truss Deck (dezeen.com, 2015) ............................................................. 28
Figure 1.11. Millau Viaduct (youtube.com, 2015) ...................................................................................... 28
Figure 1.12. The Oresund Bridge Level Change (wikipedia.org The Bridge, 2016) ..................................... 29
Figure 1.13. The Oresund Bridge Plan View (ferrycrossings.org.uk 2016) ................................................. 29
Figure 1.14. Alamillo Bridge (wikipedia.org Puente del Alamillo, 2016) .................................................... 31
Figure 1.15. Svanen placing a Truss Unit on the Oresund Bridge (roadtraffic-technology.com, 2016) ..... 32
Figure 1.16. Oresund Bridge Piers (tumbler.com Bridge Span, 2016) ........................................................ 34
Figure 2.1. The Oresund Link (co2-e-race.blogspot.co.uk, 2014) ............................................................... 42
Figure 2.2. Actual Oresund Bridge deck design (magebausa.com, 2016) .................................................. 52
Figure 2.3. Alternative deck design option for the Oresund Bridge (transport.gov.scot, 2016) ................ 53
Figure 2.4. Actual Oresund Bridge cable system (thebeautyoftransport.com, 2016) ................................ 54
Figure 2.5. The Great Belt suspension bridge (highways-denmark.com, 2016) ......................................... 54
Figure 2.6. Svanen placing a section of truss deck to the Oresund Link (roadtraffic-technology.com, 2016)
.................................................................................................................................................................... 55
Figure 2.7. Oresund Link tunnel building facility (dywidag-systems.com, 2016) ....................................... 56
Figure 2.8. Oresund Bridge centre span (skanska.com, 2016) ................................................................... 57
Figure 2.9. Lupu Bridge, China (youramazingplaces.com, 2016) ................................................................ 58
Figure 2.10. CBSA ROSE plot, the Oresund Link ........................................................................................ 103
Figure 3.1. Isle of Wight satellite view (Google Maps, 2016) ................................................................... 105
Figure 3.2. Red Squirrel (Whippey, 2012) ................................................................................................. 107
X
Figure 3.3. Seagrass (infectiousnew.com, 2012) ...................................................................................... 107
Figure 3.4. Solent Tunnel cross-section initial design (iwcp.co.uk, 2014) ................................................ 116
Figure 3.5. BNSF Rail Bridge, Oregon (Morgan, 2011) .............................................................................. 117
Figure 3.6. Whitby swing bridge (oldjoesphotos.co.uk, 2013) ................................................................. 118
Figure 3.7. Evergreen Point Floating Bridge 2 (dreamcarz1.org, 2016) .................................................... 119
Figure 3.8. Floating bridge concept sketch, Maldives (rhdhvarchitecture.com, 2016) ............................ 120
Figure 3.9. Solent Link location ................................................................................................................. 135
Figure 3.10. Solent Link Worsley Road connection .................................................................................. 136
Figure 3.11. Solent Link Lepe Road connection ........................................................................................ 137
Figure 3.12. Evergreen Point bridge (Jelson25, 2009) .............................................................................. 138
Figure 3.13. Cable-stayed arch over main span (ngarti.com, 2012) ......................................................... 138
Figure 3.14. Floating bridge pontoon design (kxro.com, 2013) ................................................................ 139
Figure 3.15. Ultra-sound pest repellent box ............................................................................................. 139
Figure 3.16. Wind turbine tree (seriouswonder.com, 2016) .................................................................... 140
Figure 3.17. Eco kerb (kirhammond.com, 2015)....................................................................................... 140
Figure 3.18. Chair lift (archiexpo.com, 2016) ............................................................................................ 141
Figure 3.19. Solent Link deck plan drawing .............................................................................................. 146
Figure 3.20. Solent Link deck elevation drawing ...................................................................................... 147
Figure 3.21. Solent Link deck cross-section drawing ................................................................................ 147
Figure 3.22. Solent Link mid-span plan drawing ....................................................................................... 148
Figure 3.23. Solent Link elevation drawing ............................................................................................... 148
Figure 3.24. General risk assessment scoring system (keyedin.com, 2014) ............................................. 167
Figure 3.25. CBSA ROSE plot, the Solent Link ........................................................................................... 175
Figure 4.1. Visualisation wheel, NRBSA model (Serpell, 2015) ................................................................. 179
Figure 4.2. Visualisation wheel, CBSA model ........................................................................................ 17980
List of tables Table 1.1. Fundamental scales for pairwise comparison (Yadollahi et al., 2014) ......................................... 2
Table 1.2. Random Index Values (Zhange & Zou, 2007) ............................................................................... 3
Table 1.3. Direct indicator score levels (Yadollahi et al., 2014) .................................................................... 4
XI
Table 1.4. Sustainability factors, Analytical Hierarchy Process of Penang Second Bridge (Yadollahi et al.,
2014) ............................................................................................................................................................. 7
Table 1.5. Direct weighting, Penang Second Bridge (Yadollahi et al., 2014) ................................................ 8
Table 1.6. Pairwise comparison, Penang Second Bridge (Yadollahi et al., 2014) ......................................... 9
Table 1.7. Consistency indices and ratios, Penang Second Bridge (Yadollahi et al., 2014) 2014) .............. 10
Table 1.8. SUSAIP indicator phase organisation (Ugwu et al., 2006) .......................................................... 20
Table 1.9. SUSAIP appraisal process segment (Ugwu et al., 2006) ............................................................. 23
Table 1.10. SUSAIP score index for HKSAR bridge pile results (Ugwu et al., 2006) .................................... 24
Table 2.1. Nine stages of CBSA process ...................................................................................................... 41
Table 2.2. Indicator selection for 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Oresund Link ............ 44
Table 2.3. Indicator weighting for 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Oresund Link ........... 47
Table 2.4. Key design options for the 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Oresund Link
(Shrubshall, 2000) ....................................................................................................................................... 51
Table 2.5. Deck design option sub-indicators, the Oresund Link................................................................ 59
Table 2.6. Fundamental scales for pairwise comparison (Yadollahi et al., 2014) ....................................... 59
Table 2.7. Random Index Values (Zhange & Zou, 2007) ............................................................................. 61
Table 2.8. Direct indicator score levels (Yadollahi et al., 2014) .................................................................. 63
Table 2.9. Score breakdown, deck design options, the Oresund Link ........................................................ 64
Table 2.10. Weighted scores, deck design options, the Oresund Link ....................................................... 65
Table 2.11. Cable system design option sub-indicators, the Oresund Link ................................................ 65
Table 2.12. Score breakdown, cable system design options, the Oresund Link ......................................... 68
Table 2.13. Weighted scores, cable system design options, the Oresund Link .......................................... 69
Table 2.14. Concrete construction design option sub-indicators, the Oresund Link ................................. 69
Table 2.15. Score breakdown, concrete construction design options, the Oresund Link .......................... 73
Table 2.16. Weighted scores, concrete construction design options, the Oresund Link ........................... 74
Table 2.17. Tunnel construction design option sub-indicators, the Oresund Link ..................................... 74
Table 2.18. Score breakdown, tunnel construction design options, the Oresund Link .............................. 77
Table 2.19. Weighted scores, tunnel construction design options, the Oresund Link ............................... 78
Table 2.20. Centre span design option sub-indicators, the Oresund Link .................................................. 78
Table 2.21. Score breakdown, centre span design options, the Oresund Link ........................................... 81
Table 2.22. Weighted scores, centre span design options, the Oresund Link ............................................ 81
Table 2.23. Normalisation table template .................................................................................................. 82
XII
Table 2.24. Normalisation table for ‘the direct measures taken to preserve ecology’, the Oresund Link . 83
Table 2.25. Normalisation table for ‘the direct saving from taking prevention measures’, the Oresund
Link .............................................................................................................................................................. 83
Table 2.26. Normalisation table for ‘the direct cost of unforeseen ecological impact’, the Oresund Link 83
Table 2.27. Normalisation table for ‘amount of CO2 produced’, the Oresund Link ................................... 84
Table 2.28. Normalisation table for ‘energy saved’, the Oresund Link ...................................................... 84
Table 2.29. Normalisation table for ‘amount of waste sent directly to landfill’, the Oresund Link ........... 85
Table 2.30. Normalisation table for ‘amount of waste recycled’, the Oresund Link .................................. 85
Table 2.31. Normalisation table for ‘amount of waste re-used on site’, the Oresund Link ....................... 85
Table 2.32. Normalisation table for ‘amount of free land used’, the Oresund Link ................................... 86
Table 2.33. Normalisation table for ‘amount of pre-occupied land used’, the Oresund Link .................... 86
Table 2.34. Normalisation table for ‘amount of natural material used’, the Oresund Link ....................... 87
Table 2.35. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of sea level rise’, the Oresund Link ............................ 87
Table 2.36. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of temperature change’, the Oresund Link ............... 87
Table 2.37. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of rainfall increase’, the Oresund Link ....................... 88
Table 2.38. Normalisation table for ‘direct cost’, the Oresund Link ........................................................... 88
Table 2.39. Normalisation table for ‘indirect cost’, the Oresund Link ........................................................ 89
Table 2.40. Normalisation table for ‘direct income’, the Oresund Link ..................................................... 89
Table 2.41. Normalisation table for ‘indirect income’, the Oresund Link .................................................. 89
Table 2.42. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, permanent full-time’, the Oresund Link ........ 90
Table 2.43. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, permanent part-time’, the Oresund Link ...... 90
Table 2.44. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, temporary full-time’, the Oresund Link ......... 91
Table 2.45. Normalisation table for ‘direct cost of insurance taken out’, the Oresund Link ..................... 91
Table 2.46. Normalisation table for ‘direct saving from insured events occurring’, the Oresund Link ...... 91
Table 2.47. Normalisation table for ‘direct saving from insured not taken out’, the Oresund Link ........... 92
Table 2.48. Normalisation table for ‘direct cost from uninsured event occurring’, the Oresund Link ...... 92
Table 2.49. Normalisation table for ‘investment from local sources’, the Oresund Link ........................... 93
Table 2.50. Normalisation table for ‘investment from non-local sources’, the Oresund Link ................... 93
Table 2.51. Normalisation table for ‘noise impact’, the Oresund Link ....................................................... 93
Table 2.52. Normalisation table for ‘light pollution’, the Oresund Link ..................................................... 94
Table 2.53. Normalisation table for ‘air quality’, the Oresund Link............................................................ 94
Table 2.54. Normalisation table for ‘delay time’, the Oresund Link ........................................................... 95
XIII
Table 2.55. Normalisation table for ‘time saved’, the Oresund Link .......................................................... 95
Table 2.56. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of stakeholders’, the Oresund Link ............................ 95
Table 2.57. Normalisation table for ‘complaints/disputes’, the Oresund Link ........................................... 96
Table 2.58. Normalisation table for ‘loss time due to accidents occurred’, the Oresund Link .................. 96
Table 2.59. Normalisation table for ‘Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics’, the Oresund Link ..................... 96
Table 2.60. Normalisation table for ‘impact of racial equality’, the Oresund Link ..................................... 97
Table 2.61. Normalisation table for ‘impact of gender equality’, the Oresund Link .................................. 97
Table 2.62. Normalisation table for ‘impact of disability equality’, the Oresund Link ............................... 98
Table 2.63. Normalisation table for ‘impact of age equality’, the Oresund Link ........................................ 98
Table 2.64. Normalisation table for ‘cost of improvements to the educational sector’, the Oresund Link
.................................................................................................................................................................... 98
Table 2.65. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of traffic congestion increase’, the Oresund Link ...... 99
Table 2.66. Results table, the Oresund Link................................................................................................ 99
Table 3.1. Indicator selection for 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Solent Link .............. 108
Table 3.2. Indicator weighting for 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Solent Link ............ 111
Table 3.3. Key design options for the 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Solent Link ....... 115
Table 3.4. Crossing type design option sub-indicators, the Solent Link ................................................... 121
Table 3.5. Fundamental scales for pairwise comparison (Yadollahi et al., 2014) ..................................... 121
Table 3.6. Random Index Values (Zhange & Zou, 2007) ........................................................................... 123
Table 3.7. Direct indicator score levels (Yadollahi et al., 2014) ................................................................ 124
Table 3.8. Score breakdown, crossing type design options, the Solent Link ............................................ 125
Table 3.9. Weighted scores, crossing type design options, the Solent Link ............................................. 126
Table 3.10. Shipping route maintenance design option sub-indicators, the Solent Link ......................... 126
Table 3.11. Score breakdown, shipping route maintenance design options, the Solent Link .................. 129
Table 3.12. Weighted scores, shipping route maintenance design options, the Solent Link ................... 130
Table 3.13. Structural design option sub-indicators, the Solent Link ....................................................... 130
Table 3.14. Score breakdown, structural design options, the Solent Link ............................................... 133
Table 3.15. Weighted scores, structural design options, the Solent Link ................................................. 134
Table 3.16. Normalisation table for ‘the direct measures taken to preserve ecology’, the Solent Link .. 149
Table 3.17. Normalisation table for ‘the direct saving from taking prevention measures’, the Solent Link
.................................................................................................................................................................. 150
Table 3.18. Normalisation table for ‘Estimated amount of CO2 produced’, the Solent Link .................... 151
XIV
Table 3.19. Normalisation table for ‘energy saved’, the Solent Link ........................................................ 151
Table 3.20. Normalisation table for ‘Estimated amount of waste sent directly to landfill’, the Solent Link
.................................................................................................................................................................. 152
Table 3.21. Normalisation table for ‘Estimated amount of waste recycled’, the Solent Link .................. 152
Table 3.22. Normalisation table for ‘Estimated amount of waste re-used on site’, the Solent Link ........ 153
Table3.23. Normalisation table for ‘amount of free land used’, the Solent Link ..................................... 153
Table 3.24. Normalisation table for ‘amount of pre-occupied land used’, the Solent Link ...................... 154
Table 3.25. Normalisation table for ‘amount of natural material used’, the Solent Link ......................... 154
Table 3.26. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of sea level rise’, the Solent Link ............................. 155
Table 3.27. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of temperature change’, the Solent Link ................. 155
Table 3.28. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of rainfall increase’, the Solent Link ........................ 156
Table 3.29. Normalisation table for ‘estimated direct cost’, the Solent Link ........................................... 156
Table 3.30. Normalisation table for ‘indirect cost’, the Solent Link ......................................................... 157
Table 3.31. Normalisation table for ‘estimated direct income’, the Solent Link ...................................... 157
Table 3.32. Normalisation table for ‘estimated indirect income’, the Solent Link ................................... 158
Table 3.33. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, permanent full-time’, the Solent Link.......... 158
Table 3.34. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, permanent part-time’, the Solent Link ........ 159
Table 3.35. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, temporary full-time’, the Solent Link .......... 159
Table 3.36. Normalisation table for ‘estimated direct cost of insurance taken out’, the Solent Link ...... 160
Table 3.37. Normalisation table for ‘estimated direct saving from insured events occurring’, the Solent
Link ............................................................................................................................................................ 160
Table 3.38. Normalisation table for ‘direct saving from insured not taken out’, the Solent Link ............ 161
Table 3.39. Normalisation table for ‘direct cost from uninsured event occurring’, the Solent Link ........ 161
Table 3.40. Normalisation table for ‘investment from local sources’, the Solent Link............................. 162
Table 3.41. Normalisation table for ‘investment from non-local sources’, the Solent Link ..................... 162
Table 3.42. Normalisation table for ‘noise impact’, the Solent Link ......................................................... 163
Table 3.43. Normalisation table for ‘light pollution’, the Solent Link ....................................................... 164
Table 3.44. Normalisation table for ‘air quality’, the Solent Link ............................................................. 164
Table 3.45. Normalisation table for ‘delay time’, the Solent Link ............................................................ 165
Table 3.46. Normalisation table for ‘time saved’, the Solent Link ............................................................ 166
Table 3.47. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of stakeholders’, the Solent Link ............................. 166
Table 3.48. Normalisation table for ‘risk assessment’, the Solent Link .................................................... 167
XV
Table 3.49. Normalisation table for ‘Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics’, the Solent Link ....................... 169
Table 3.50. Normalisation table for ‘impact of racial equality’, the Solent Link ...................................... 169
Table 3.51. Normalisation table for ‘impact of gender equality’, the Solent Link .................................... 170
Table 3.52. Normalisation table for ‘impact of disability equality’, the Solent Link ................................. 170
Table 3.53. Normalisation table for ‘impact of age equality’, the Solent Link ......................................... 171
Table 3.54. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of traffic congestion increase’, the Solent Link ....... 172
Table 3.55. Results table, the Solent Link ................................................................................................. 172
Table 4.1. Key design option table, the Oresund Link .............................................................................. 182
Table 4.2. Pairwise comparison sub-indicator table, the Oresund Link ................................................... 182
Table 4.3. Design option scoring table ...................................................................................................... 183
Table 4.4. Design option overall sustainability score table ...................................................................... 184
Table 4.5. Aggregated indicators/sub-indicators, the Oresund Link ........................................................ 185
Table 4.6. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water used’, the Oresund Link ........................................ 186
Table 4.7. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water saved’, the Oresund Link ...................................... 186
Table 4.8. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water recycled’, the Oresund Link .................................. 187
Table 4.9. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of possible economic crash’, the Oresund Link ......... 187
Table 4.10. Normalisation table for ‘vibration’, the Oresund Link ........................................................... 188
Table 4.11. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on listed structures’, the Oresund Link ................... 188
Table 4.12. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on protected land’, the Oresund Link ..................... 189
Table 4.13. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on archaeological sites’, the Oresund Link ............. 189
Table 4.14. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from parking metres’, the Oresund Link ............... 190
Table 4.15. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from parking fines’, the Oresund Link ................... 190
Table 4.16. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from other community facilities’, the Oresund Link
.................................................................................................................................................................. 191
Table 4.17. Normalisation table for ‘income generated from community facilities’, the Oresund Link .. 191
Table 4.18. Un-aggregated results table, the Oresund Link ..................................................................... 192
Table 4.19. Aggregated indicators/sub-indicators, the Solent Link .......................................................... 195
Table 4.20. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water used’, the Solent Link ......................................... 196
Table 4.21. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water saved’, the Solent Link ........................................ 196
Table 4.22. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water recycled’, the Solent Link .................................... 197
Table 4.23. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of possible economic crash’, the Solent Link ........... 197
Table 4.24. Normalisation table for ‘vibration’, the Solent Link ............................................................... 198
XVI
Table 4.25. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on listed structures’, the Solent Link ...................... 198
Table 4.26. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on protected land’, the Solent Link ........................ 199
Table 4.27. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on archaeological sites’, the Solent Link ................. 199
Table 4.28. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from parking metres’, the Solent Link ................... 200
Table 4.29. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from parking fines’, the Solent Link ...................... 200
Table 4.30. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from other community facilities’, the Solent Link . 201
Table 4.31. Normalisation table for ‘income generated from community facilities’, the Solent Link ..... 201
Table 4.32. Un-aggregated results table, the Solent Link ......................................................................... 202
List of equations
Equation 1.1. Sustainability factor pair comparison matrix (Yadollahi et al., 2014) .................................... 2
Equation 1.2. Final weighting through normalisation (Yadollahi et al., 2014) ............................................. 2
Equation 1.3. Consistency Ratio (Yadollahi et al., 2014) .............................................................................. 3
Equation 1.4. Consistency Index (Yadollahi et al., 2014) .............................................................................. 3
Equation 2.1. Deck design option weighting normalisation, the Oresund Link .......................................... 61
Equation 2.2. Consistency Ratio (Yadollahi et al., 2014) ............................................................................ 61
Equation 2.3. Consistency Index (Yadollahi et al., 2014) ............................................................................ 61
Equation 2.4. Deck design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Oresund Link ................ 61
Equation 2.5. Deck design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Oresund Link ................ 62
Equation 2.6. Deck design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Oresund Link ................ 62
Equation 2.7. Deck design option Consistency Index, the Oresund Link .................................................... 62
Equation 2.8. Deck design option Consistency Ratio, the Oresund Link .................................................... 62
Equation 2.9. Cable system design option weighting normalisation, the Oresund Link ............................ 66
Equation 2.10. Cable system design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Oresund Link . 66
Equation 2.11. Cable system design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Oresund Link . 67
Equation 2.12. Cable system design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Oresund Link . 67
Equation 2.13. Cable system design option Consistency Index, the Oresund Link .................................... 67
Equation 2.14. Cable system design option Consistency Ratio, the Oresund Link ..................................... 67
Equation 2.15. Concrete construction design option weighting normalisation, the Oresund Link............ 71
XVII
Equation 2.16. Concrete construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the
Oresund Link ............................................................................................................................................... 71
Equation 2.17. Concrete construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the
Oresund Link ............................................................................................................................................... 71
Equation 2.18. Concrete construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the
Oresund Link ............................................................................................................................................... 71
Equation 2.19. Concrete construction design option Consistency Index, the Oresund Link ...................... 71
Equation 2.20. Concrete construction design option Consistency Ratio, the Oresund Link ...................... 72
Equation 2.21. Tunnel construction design option weighting normalisation, the Oresund Link ............... 75
Equation 2.22. Tunnel construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Oresund
Link .............................................................................................................................................................. 76
Equation 2.23. Tunnel construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Oresund
Link .............................................................................................................................................................. 76
Equation 2.24. Tunnel construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Oresund
Link .............................................................................................................................................................. 76
Equation 2.25. Tunnel construction design option Consistency Index, the Oresund Link ......................... 76
Equation 2.26. Tunnel construction design option Consistency Ratio, the Oresund Link .......................... 76
Equation 2.27. Centre span design option weighting normalisation, the Oresund Link ............................ 79
Equation 2.28. Centre span design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Oresund Link ... 79
Equation 2.29. Centre span design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Oresund Link ... 80
Equation 2.30. Centre span design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Oresund Link ... 80
Equation 2.31. Centre span design option Consistency Index, the Oresund Link ...................................... 80
Equation 2.32. Centre span design option Consistency Ratio, the Oresund Link ....................................... 80
Equation 3.1. Crossing type design option weighting normalisation, the Solent Link ............................. 122
Equation 3.2. Consistency Ratio (Yadollahi et al., 2014) .......................................................................... 122
Equation 3.3. Consistency Index (Yadollahi et al., 2014) .......................................................................... 123
Equation 3.4. Crossing type design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Solent Link .... 123
Equation 3.5. Crossing type design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Solent Link .... 123
Equation 3.6. Crossing type design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Solent Link .... 123
Equation 3.7. Crossing type design option Consistency Index, the Solent Link........................................ 124
Equation 3.8. Crossing type design option Consistency Ratio, the Solent Link ........................................ 124
Equation 3.9. Shipping route maintenance design option weighting normalisation, the Solent Link ..... 127
XVIII
Equation 3.10. Shipping route maintenance design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the
Solent Link ................................................................................................................................................. 127
Equation 3.11. Shipping route maintenance design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the
Solent Link ................................................................................................................................................. 128
Equation 3.12. Shipping route maintenance design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the
Solent Link ................................................................................................................................................. 128
Equation 3.13. Shipping route maintenance design option Consistency Index, the Solent Link.............. 128
Equation 3.14. Shipping route maintenance design option Consistency Ratio, the Solent Link .............. 128
Equation 3.15. Structural design option weighting normalisation, the Solent Link ................................. 131
Equation 3.16. Structural design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Solent Link ........ 131
Equation 3.17. Structural design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Solent Link ........ 132
Equation 3.18. Structural design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Solent Link ........ 132
Equation 3.19. Structural design option Consistency Index, the Solent Link ........................................... 132
Equation 3.20. Structural design option Consistency Ratio, the Solent Link ............................................ 132
Equation 3.21. Solent Link deck volume ................................................................................................... 142
Equation 3.22. Solent Link main span columns volume ........................................................................... 142
Equation 3.23. Solent Link horizontal bracing system volume ................................................................. 142
Equation 3.24. Solent Link main span arch volume .................................................................................. 142
Equation 3.25. Solent Link parapet volume .............................................................................................. 142
Equation 3.26. Solent Link dead load........................................................................................................ 142
Equation 3.27. Solent Link live load .......................................................................................................... 142
Equation 3.28. Solent Link total load ........................................................................................................ 142
Equation 3.29. Buoyancy force equation (tutorvista.com, 2016) ............................................................. 143
Equation 3.30. Solent Link buoyancy force equation ............................................................................... 143
Equation 3.31. Solent Link pontoon depth including a factor of safety ................................................... 143
Equation 3.32. Ship impact force (Gluver, 1998) ...................................................................................... 143
Equation 3.33. Solent Link ship impact force ............................................................................................ 144
Equation 3.34. Solent Link transferred longitudinal ship impact force .................................................... 144
Equation 3.35. Solent Link main span dead load ...................................................................................... 144
Equation 3.36. Solent Link main span live load ........................................................................................ 144
Equation 3.37. Solent Link main span total load ...................................................................................... 144
Equation 3.38. Solent Link main span total load with a factor of safety .................................................. 144
XIX
Equation 3.39. Solent Link main span minimum number of cables ......................................................... 145
Equation 3.40. Bridge change of length due to temperature change ...................................................... 145
Equation 3.41. Solent Link change of length due to temperature change ............................................... 145
Equation 3.42. Solent Link change of length due to temperature change with factor of safety ............. 145
Equation 3.43. Average Road-Noise Impact ............................................................................................. 163
Equation 4.1. Normalised weighting matrix, the Oresund Link ................................................................ 183
List of abbreviations
AHP – Analytical Hierarchy Process
BREEAM – Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Methodology
CBSA – Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment
CEEQUAL – Civil Engineering Environmental Quality
DEFRA – Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
EIA – Environmental Impact Assessment
GDP – Gross Domestic Product
H&S – Health & Safety
HKSAR – Hong Kong Administrative Region
IFCA – Inshore Fisheries and Conservation Authority
IT – Information Technology
LEED – Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design
MCDM – Multi-Criteria Decision Making
NRBSA – New Road-Bridge Sustainability Assessment
P1B – Penang First Bridge
P2B – Penang Second Bridge
Pre-fab – Prefabrication
XX
RS – Rating System
RSPB – Royal Society for the Protection of Birds
SA – Sustainability Assessment
SPeAR – Sustainable Project Appraisal Routine
SUSAIP – Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects
SWP – Spider Web Plot
XXI
Introduction
“Sustainability assessment models use different methodologies to analyse the environmental, economic
and social aspects of a project to determine its sustainable impact, especially in regards to future
climate change expectations such as global warming and population increase” (Serpell, 2015). Many
well-established sustainability assessment (SA) models are used on a generic basis such as ‘Sustainable
Project Appraisal Routine’ (SPeAR), ‘Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment
Methodology’ (BREEAM), ‘Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design’ (LEED) etc. There are some
examples of SA models which are aimed at more specific areas such as ‘Civil Engineering Environmental
Quality’ (CEEQUAL), which is aimed purely at infrastructure projects. This was the basis behind the
development of the NRBSA model in Serpell’s Sustainability Assessment of Road-Bridges report (2015).
The NRBSA model was created in order to develop a SA model which was aimed purely at road-bridges.
This way, the indicators used would be more consistent throughout different assessments, the
comparison data for normalisation would be easier to find & therefore, the overall sustainability score
should be much more accurate in comparison to a generic assessment model.
The NRBSA model was developed using literature about existing SA models which provided insight into
the working methodology & how to analyse assessment results. A working methodology for the NRBSA
model was established which followed a step-by-step process. This was then tested against three case-
study projects and the results were analysed. From this analysis & the overall report conclusions, several
recommendations for future works were put forward. These included: the need for more indicators to
be assessed, the implementation of an aggregation stage, improved indicator assessment methods, the
need for more comparative data in the normalisation stage & the need for a more statistical/objective
approach to indicator weighting.
Therefore, this report aims to deal with these issues as well as implementing additional improvements.
The literature review in this report looks at the working methods of two different SA models which led
to some new aspects which were integrated in the development of the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’ model. These aspects include the ‘Analytical Hierarchy Process’ (AHP) & the pairwise
comparison methods being introduced as well as the idea of assessing key design options individually as
well as the overall project.
XXII
Once the new CBSA model was developed, through adaption & improvement of the NRBSA model, it
was been tested on two case-study examples. One example was the highly complex Oresund Link which
has been assessed at the post-construction stage. The last example was the proposed Solent Link
(connecting England to the Isle of Wight) which has been assessed during the design stage.
Finally, the results of these case-study assessments have been analysed & the aspects of the report itself
are discussed. Conclusions & future recommendations have been put forward which focus mainly on the
integration of the CBSA model into real life examples & the establishment of a useable business model.
Page | 1
Chapter 1 – Existing research into sustainability assessment of
complex bridges
As discussed in The Sustainability Assessment of Road-Bridges (Serpell, 2015), there are many different
models for sustainability assessment (SA) of general civil & structural engineering projects but there are
not many catered to bridges. The literature review of Serpell’s report is based around analysing indicator
selection and working methodology of existing SA models in order to develop a new model aimed at
assessing road-bridges specifically. This chapter aims to review previously conducted SA examples of
large/complex bridges (not limited to road-bridges). This will aid in the improvement and adaption of
The New Road-Bridge Sustainability Assessment Model (NRBSA) which will then be used to assess
complex bridge case-studies.
1.1. – Review of Penang Second Bridge sustainability assessment using
Analytical Hierarchy Process
An article published by Yadollahi et al. (2014) describes the ideology and working methodology of a
multi-criteria analysis method known as The Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP). The method is used to
assess the sustainability of the Penang Second Bridge, Malaysia. Yadollahi et al. compare the AHP
method to 4 other SA models in order to determine any relation between overall scores and scores of
specific indicators. Two of the additional models are aimed at transportation infrastructure whilst the
other two are proposed specifically at bridge projects. The article also entails conclusions and
recommendations for future works.
1.1.1. – Analytical Hierarchy Process methodology
‘The general procedure of multi-criteria decision analysis refers to a set of potential alternatives, a set of
objectives or criteria, a number of decision-makers, a preference structure or weights, and a set of
performance evaluations of alternatives for each objective’ (Yadollahi et al., 2014). Yadollahi et al.
modified this procedure to a 4 step system:
Page | 2
1. Determine the normalised weighting for each indicator.
2. Determine score values for each indicator.
3. Calculate normalised scores for each indicator by multiplying the weighting from Step 1 with the
score from Step 2.
4. Calculate the overall score for the bridge by summing the normalised score values.
The AHP & Direct Rating methods are used to determine the weighting and un-normalised score values
respectively.
The AHP method, developed by Saaty (1980), is used to compare the importance of different indicators
to the overall sustainability of the bridge. This is done through matrix generation as shown in Equation
1.1.
Equation 1.1. Sustainability factor pair comparison matrix (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
𝐷 = [
𝑤11 … 𝑤1𝑛
⋮ 𝑤𝑖𝑗 ⋮𝑤𝑛1 … 𝑤𝑛𝑛
]
n is the number of indicators and therefore, the number of indicator comparisons is [n(n-1)]/2. For
Equation 1, the value in the ith row and the jth column represents the importance of factor i in
comparison to factor j, shown as wij=wi/wj. wi and wj are weighted values determined by project
decision-makers. Fundamental weighting values are shown in Table 1.1.
The final weighting is determined through normalisation, shown in Equation 1.2. (Yadollahi et al., 2014).
Equation 1.2. Final weighting through normalisation (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
𝑤𝑖 =1
𝑛∑
𝑤𝑖𝑗
(∑ 𝑤𝑖𝑗𝑛𝑖 )
𝑛
𝑗=1
; 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑖, 𝑗 = 1,2,…
Table 1.1. Fundamental scales for pairwise comparison (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 3
The eigenvector is calculated by dividing the weighting vector (W) by the consistency vector (V), where
V=A*W. The eigenvalue (λmax) is obtained by taking the average of all the values within the eigenvector
(Yadollahi et al., 2014).
“The results of the pairwise comparisons should be checked for consistency using the indices
consistency index (CI) and consistency ratio (CR)” (Saaty, 1980). The equation for CR is shown in
Equation 1.3.
Equation 1.3. Consistency Ratio (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
𝐶𝑅 =𝐶𝐼
𝑅𝐼
The value for CI (which is required to calculate CR) is determined using Equation 1.4.
Equation 1.4. Consistency Index (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
𝐶𝐼 =𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑚
𝑚 − 1
m is the number of elements in the matrix row and RI is the random index values, determined from
Table 1.2. “CRs greater than 0.1 shows the inconsistency in the respondent’s judgements occurs and the
results may not be reliable enough” (Saaty, 2008).
Yadollahi et al. (2014) also mention the determination of the weighting values for indicator comparison
using a survey for selected experts. For the Penang Bridge project, 35 Malaysian bridge engineering
professionals assigned weightings using the five-point Linkert Scale.
In addition, Yadollahi et al. (2014) suggest a direct weighting stage to determine the indicator score.
Again, this is done by decision makers and generally scored on a scale ranging from 1-10. “Sustainability
scores for the bridge project can be determined based on visual screening, field observation and tests, a
bridge inventory database or, in some cases, further detailed investigation” (Yadollahi et al., 2014). The
score level range is shown in Table 1.3.
Table 1.2. Random Index Values (Zhange & Zou, 2007)
Page | 4
The AHP is completed using some assumptions. “It is assumed that the SFs are mutually independent,
but comparable to the elements of the same level. The effectiveness and validity of the methods
depend on how to categorise the sustainability goals and the relationship/nature of the SF at the same
level. In addition, the matrix in the AHP should be all in the same mathematical form and scale”
(Yahollahi et al. 2014).
1.1.2. – Penang Second Bridge Assessment
The Penang Second Bridge (P2B) connects Batu Kawan, on mainland Malaysia, with Batu Maung on
Penang Island. The bridge is part of a larger socio-economic development plan to Malaysia’s northern
corridor economic region. The First Penang Bridge (P1B) and ferry system could not meet increased
traffic requirements and therefore, the P2B was deemed necessary to avoid congestion (Yadollahi et al.,
2014).
The bridge is a 24 km (16.9 km of which covers water) cable-stayed bridge with a beam and slab deck.
Included, is a 450 m x 150 m x 30 m ship navigation channel surrounded by a steel fender buffer system
with a ship impact of 12.5 km/hr (Yadollahi et al., 2014). The bridge location is shown in Figure 1.1.
Table 1.3. Direct indicator score levels (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 5
An image of the bridge is shown in Figure 1.2.
Figure 1.1. Penang Second Bridge location (Yadollahi et al., 2014).
Figure 1.2. Penang Second Bridge (Datajembatan, 2015)
Page | 6
Data and relevant information about the bridge for assessment was acquired from reports published by
the Malaysia Jambatan Kedua Sdn Bhd (JKSB, 2013) whilst the rest was obtained via informal discussions
or interviews with the project professionals (Yadollahi et al., 2014). 13 indicators were chosen to assess
the bridge which are shown in Table 1.4. along with the sustainability considerations affiliated which
each indicator.
Page | 7
Table 1.4. Sustainability factors, Analytical Hierarchy Process of Penang Second Bridge (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 8
The above indicators (Sustainability Factors) were all assessed using AHP. The direct weighting method
was implemented and determined over semi-structured interviews with 15 Malaysian academics and 20
bridge practitioners who had key involvement in sustainable development planning (Yadollahi et al.,
2014). The results are shown in Table 5. Also shown in Table 1.5. is a notation of which of the four other
sustainable assessment models or Rating Systems (RS) considered which indicators.
Table 1.5. Direct weighting, Penang Second Bridge (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 9
Analysis of the direct scoring shows that most indicators are seen as relatively import. However, there
are a couple on the less important scale such as Custom Credits (5.1) and Pavement Technologies (6.4).
These are just below the reasonably important Equity and Social Issues (7.3) and Sustainable Site (7.5).
The weights of these criteria were determined using pairwise comparison through informal discussions
or interviews with experts including: engineers, contractors, consultants and employer parties (Yadollahi
et al., 2014). Table 1.6. shows the results of the comparison between different credit points and the AHP
for the P2B
The results show that the P2B achieves the highest sustainability score from RS-II with 9.3339, while the
lowest score is achieved from RS-IV, at 7.8617. It is also clear that there are some differences between
weightings for each RS.
Consistency has been checked and the CIs and CRs for each of the other RSs are shown in Table 1.7.
Table 1.6. Pairwise comparison, Penang Second Bridge (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 10
From Table 1.7., it can be said that, although it is close, no RS has a consistency ratio over 0.1 and
therefore, they can all be viewed as delivering reliable results.
A comparison between the overall scores of the RSs and the AHP method using the same indicators as
the RSs is graphically represented in Figure 1.3.
It is shown that the P2B received its lowest score from using RS-IVs indicators for both methods. In
addition, although there are differences in the weighting values between RSs, there is little difference in
the final scores.
A comparison between the percentage weightings of individual indicators within each assessment
model is shown in Figure 1.4.
Table 1.7. Consistency indices and ratios, Penang Second Bridge (Yadollahi et al., 2014) 2014)
Figure 1.3. P2B assessment final score comparisons (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 11
The Environment & Water factor is the most important factor in both AHP and RS-I with 34.28% and
23.08%, respectively. In addition, while Energy and Maintenance & Access in RS-I have greater weights
in AHP systems, Project Delivery Process, Construction Activity, Material & Resources and Alternative
Transportation have greater weights in the AHP. Similarly, Traffic Efficiency & Alternative Transportation
is the key factor in both AHP and RS-II by 52.38% and 36%. Comparing RS-II and the AHP system in
Malaysia, it can be seen that only Material & Resources and Sustainable Site achieve remarkably more
weights in RS-II than AHP. On the other hand, weights of Energy & Atmosphere in RS-III with 37.81% are
more than other factors. Innovation is also considered as a main factor in the AHP system with 40.5%
and is dramatically greater than RS-III with 1.45%. Moreover, Access & Equity and Construction Activity
with 33.57% have the same weights in RS-IV. Besides, Traffic Efficiency & Alternative Transportation,
Innovation, Environment & Water, Access & Equity and Construction Activity are critical factors in the
AHP system in Malaysia (Yadollahi et al., 2014).
In general, the bridge life cycle can be divided into four main lifespan phases: design, construction,
maintenance and demolition. Most of the indicators focus on the design stage, where Traffic Efficiency
& Alternative Transportation remains the most important factor for the bridge sustainability. Next,
Innovation is given the highest indicator score for the construction stage, for example, the use of SBG
and IBS, and for its construction method. In the maintenance stage, the design of minimal maintenance
Figure 1.4. P2B assessment indicator score comparisons (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 12
and the use of a Health Monitoring System are rated ‘very important’ based on Maintenance & Access.
Then, Environment & Atmosphere shall be the main factor for the demolition stage as to its impacts to
the environment, which is rated ‘very important’ according to its indicator score. Overall, the indicator,
Traffic Efficiency & Alternative Transportation, is viewed as the most important for Malaysia (Yadollahi
et al., 2014).
1.1.3. – Critical analysis of Analytical Hierarchy Process assessment of the Penang Second Bridge
Critical analysis of the AHP reveals its strengths and weaknesses as well as areas where more
information or research is needed. As well as analysing the method itself, the assessment the P2B is also
reviewed to determine whether the bridge is ‘sustainable’.
Yadollahi et al. (2014) compared the results of the AHP of the P2B with the following 4 other assessment
models: Green Bridge Design Standard (Snelling, 2010), Rating System for Sustainable Bridges (Hunt,
2005), Green Leadership In Transportation and Environmental Sustainability (GreenLITES, 2010) and
Greenroads (Muench et al., 2011). The first two models are aimed specifically at bridges whereas, the
other two are aimed at transportation in general. As the results for each of the models were fairly
similar overall, it shows good comparability of the AHP which means it is reliable.
AHP uses multi-criteria decision making (MCDM) as part of the method. This means that not only are the
first-choice design criteria assessed but so are alternative options. Every option for a specific indicator
are compared and a ‘best-choice’ is suggested using the given design objectives and areas of
importance. This helps in the design and planning process in order to optimise results.
The AHP is aimed at assessing the entire life-cycle of a bridge and so, a true result of how much the
project affects the environment/economy/society. This means, that the bridge sustainability can be
adapted and improved over its life-span.
The AHP is sub-divided into 4 fairly simple stages which allows for ease in completing the procedure as
well as being teachable to different contractors/consultants. This may save money as companies would
not need to hire professional to carry out the process.
Weightings are determined for different indicators depending on how important the decision-makers of
the project believe them to be. However, this is not done entirely subjectively as this would affect the
comparability of the model. Instead, the weighting for different sub-indicators and assessed using
pairwise comparison of matrices. This provides a scientific and reliable method, however, it would be
Page | 13
time consuming depending on the number of sub-indicators to compare. The more accurate an
assessment wants to be, the more indicators/sub-indicators it should analyse and therefore, more
time/money is needed.
The following quote is taken from Yadollahi et al.’s (2014) article, considering the calculation of
weightings. “The eigenvector is obtained by dividing the weight vector (W) with the consistency vector
(V) where V is given by A*W” (Sharma, Al-Hussein, Safouhi, & Bouferguene, 2008). However, the value
or meaning of A is not given in the article and therefore, further research is needed. In addition, the
article proposes that all SFs are compared. This would mean that two SFs which do not really have much
in common would be compared, wasting time and money. However, it does mean that every indicator &
its overall significance to sustainability is considered & provides a reliable score.
The application of the consistency indices/ratio is a useful way to check if the assessment will give
reliable results before too much progress.
Yadollahi et al.’s (2014) article mentions how, for the P2B assessment, weighting for each SF were
determined using questionnaire results. In which, 35 Malaysian bridge engineering professionals were
asked to rate the importance of the different SFs on a 5-point Linkert scale. This is not consistent with
the method previously mentioned in which weightings were determined using pairwise comparison and
a nine-point rating system. It is not mentioned why this happened and so the results of the pairwise
comparison cannot be assessed. Therefore, it cannot be said whether it is a good method or not.
The assumptions of the AHP are mostly understandable and relatable to any project. However, the
assumption that the categorisation of the sustainability goals and the indicator relationships are at the
same level can cause some difficulty. Some indicators, mostly social ones, are given as qualitative data
and therefore, it is difficult to convert them to quantitative data in a valid way. This is true for converting
data the other way.
The direct rating method to determine indicator scores is done so subjectively but with detailed
information at hand so that and educated decision is made. Information can come from visual screening,
field observation and tests, a bridge inventory database or, in some cases, further detailed investigation.
Therefore, if there is enough information at hand, valid results can be determined. However, some of
this information takes time and money to collect.
Page | 14
According to the case-study brief, the P2B was built to deal with increased traffic in the area in relation
to the local economic boom. Therefore, it can be assumed (as it is not directly mentioned in the article)
that the main objective that the AHP would deem important is based around traffic congestion.
The data used in the AHP assessment was collected from official publications and professional directly
involved with the project so it can be said that it is reliable.
Although, only 13 indicators were assessed in the process, there are many sub-indicators under each
heading as shown in Table 4. This means that a good number of comparisons were made which provides
a good base for decision-makers to make their design choices. In addition, the SFs cover the main
sustainability issues over the life span of a bridge and so, provides the view as a whole.
Through the study, several new technologies were compared and discovered to be beneficial such as:
high damping rubber bearing, industrialised building system, precast segmental box girders, concurrent
engineering approach, multi-lane free flow traffic system. These were also compliant with the
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) (Yadollahi et al. 2014).
According to the pairwise comparison of the relative weights and RSs, the SF of Traffic Efficiency &
Alternative Transportation serves as the most important mechanism in achieving sustainability in the
local environment, which was expected. On the other hand, Equity & Social Issues, Payment
Technologies and Custom Credits were categorised as the least important factors among the 12 SFs.
Most of the attributes of these factors can be grouped under the construction phase (Yadollahi et al.
2014).
“More effort and attention are required on the site management and safety precautions so as to
address the recent reported incident of the collapse of a ramp that was constructed by the local
contractors. It is necessary to develop a comprehensive or collaborative policy that caters to effective
safety and site management for both foreign and local contractors. Furthermore, some deficits have
been observed and require further attention, such as the lack of an emergency line for the traffic system
and an energy saving lighting system. In the future, these deficits need to be overcome at the design
stage” (Yadollahi et al., 2014).
Overall, the environmental effects of the P2B were very positive. This was achieved through imposing
high environmental standards, continuous monitoring as well as the use of less embodied energy by
using high reinforcement/concrete ratios. Moreover, fish activity around the bridges pillars was
Page | 15
increased and negative impacts were negligible. From the social perspective, total stakeholder
engagement was accounted for as well as occupational and public road safety during the construction
stage. Local materials and construction employment were utilised in additional to vocational training.
This improved the P2Bs economic stance (Yadollahi et al. 2014).
Yadollahi et al. (2014) did mention some of AHPs limitations. For example, the model can and is used to
assess the bridges life-cycle, however, this means that the designers must have to promise to use the
results appropriately if the product is to be related to the model’s results. Unless, there is some form of
legally binding notion that the contractors/consultants will build the bridge as suggested by the AHP,
there is no say that they will. It is actually likely that they will not, as the model’s suggestions will
probably be expensive for the companies in the short run (even if they do work out cheaper for the local
economy in the future) and so they will not want to spend extra money if they do not have to.
As mentioned before, the weighting method is partially subjective. However, to achieve a generally
accepted result, further studies are required to produce appropriate indicators, to calibrate their
pertinent weights through discussion by local scholars from related regions and to develop more ranking
approaches. It is also recommended that the judgements of the various members of the decision-
making committee be weighed with respect to their level of skill and expertise in terms of certain
evaluation criteria. These weights can be proposed by the top management of transportation authority’s
or other primary decision-makers (Yadollahi et al. 2014).
In answering the question of how many indicators to assess, the report suggests “sustainability
assessment can be expanded in the future to include other criteria when applicable. Obviously, funding
is the key issue for future study; herein, cost models can be developed for each SF and connected to the
analysis to conduct a complete LCC analysis for each factor” (Yadollahi et al., 2014).
The method can be generalised for other countries, types of bridges or certain infrastructure projects,
which makes for a good assessment model.
“The analysis includes both qualitative and quantitative aspects to contribute to the bridge’s
sustainability score. However, as also recommended by Campbell (2009), some considerations should be
taken into account such as improving the refinement of the SF’s and point assignment, applying more
explicit guidelines for allocating points to standardise the system, applying a sensitivity analysis to test
the robustness of results under different scenarios, using different assumptions for various factors and
investigating to understand the interrelationships between SFs” (Yadollahi et al. 2014).
Page | 16
1.2. – Review of Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects assessment of
Hong Kong Special Administrative Region bridge foundations
Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects (SUSAIP) is another SA model developed for
infrastructure projects. Its working methodology is similar to models previously mentioned with some
minor differences. Ugwu et al. (2006) delivered a report of a project example of the assessment process
for bridge foundations. The project example is for a bridge in the Hong Kong Special Administrative
Region (HKSAR) however, the details of the region is not covered in great detail in Ugwu et al.’s report as
it focuses purely on the design of the bridge foundations alone.
1.2.1. – Project description for the Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects assessment of the
Hong Kong Special Administrative Region Bridge foundations
The 5km HKSAR bridge was planned to relieve existing traffic congestion in the increasingly developing
region and was estimated a total project cost of over US$500 million. The segment of the bridge which is
considered in the assessment is around 3km with a cost of around US$300 million. The separately
packaged specialist works and state-of-the-art traffic management systems are not considered. “The
contract duration is less than 30 months, with an even less actual construction time. The project is also
driven by strong environmental considerations, being located along several environmentally sensitive
receivers aggregated along various dimensions such as noise, ecosystems, culture, etc” (Ugwu et al.,
2006). An animated image of the proposed bridge is shown in Figure 1.5.
Figure 1.5. Proposed HKSAR bridge (macaumagazine.net, 2015)
Page | 17
Preliminary cost analysis indicated that the total cost of the deck structure was around 40% of the total
cost of the bridge. The design/construction of the deck was majorly influenced by the design of the pile
foundations in varying depths of water and it was also estimated that the total cost of the piles
contributed to around 30% of the deck’s total cost. It was decided to use the bridge pile design for
detailed sustainability appraisal because of the significant quantities involved, and the cumulative
impact on the overall infrastructure sustainability (Ugwu et al., 2006).
A control pile design of a 4-pile, square base arrangement is compared to the variable pile design of a 3-
pile, triangular base arrangement. The former is a conventional option for bridge design as opposed to
the less commonly used 3-pile arrangement. Figure 1.6. shows the cross-sectional and 3D perspectives
for each option. The same engineer assessed both options to ensure consistency in results (Ugwu et al.,
2006).
Figure 1.6. HKSAR pile arrangement options (Ugwu et al., 2006)
Page | 18
1.2.2. – Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects assessment of the Hong Kong Special
Administrative Region Bridge foundations
SUSAIP uses a nine step process for full assessment and appraisal which is detailed below. Information
of the steps was acquired from Ugwu et al.’s report (2006).
Step 1 – Scenario background
Key project data and information is gathered such as: cost, dimensional details, drawings, client,
location, stakeholders, time and duration for each stage, as well as appropriate constraints.
Step 2 – Design infrastructure scheme
Developing various design options for comparison & appraisal. This is done in detail by the designer so
not to waste time on assessing insufficient design options.
Step 3 – Engineering analysis sheet
The purpose of an engineering analysis sheet is to make the assessment comparison as easy as possible
in order to reduce mistakes. The relevant information is gathered from Step 2 and formatted into the
analysis sheet for each design option. Therefore, highlighting areas of importance which should be
considered.
Step 4 – Indicator selection
Appropriate sustainability indicators are selected for the appraisal process.
Step 5 – Indicator scoring
Local analysis, reasonable judgement and sometimes subjective judgement is used to assign scorings to
each indicator in regards to how well the project performed (sustainably) in that area. The engineer can
delegate the scoring of certain areas to the appropriate experts if need be.
Step 6 – Indicator weighting
Each indicator is assigned a weighting relating to its relative significance to the overall sustainability of
the project. This is done using both local and general information.
Page | 19
Step 7 – Compute sustainability index
An index table is used to compute the final scores of the design options for each indicator and overall.
Step 8 – Display results
Results of the appraisal are displayed in an attractive, simplistic manner which can be used in presenting
results to relevant stakeholders. Examples of this include a ROSE diagram plot.
Step 9 – Simulation analysis
If necessary, a sensitivity analysis of each indicator is performed to check its actual significance to
sustainability.
The steps which require further detailing for the HKSAR bridge project are given in the remainder of this
sub-chapter.
The indicators and their respective sub-indicators are organised into which stage of the foundation’s life-
cycle they have most impact in regards to sustainability goals. This allows the project team to give
adequate consideration to indicator appraisal at appropriate phases (Ugwu et al., 2006). The
organisational breakdown is shown in Table 1.8.
Page | 20
Table 1.8. SUSAIP indicator phase organisation (Ugwu et al., 2006)
Page | 21
There are a variety of different sustainability appraisal methods which can be used in the scoring
process. Different methods work better for different indicators. These methods are detailed below.
Information of the methods was acquired from Ugwu et al.’s report (2006).
Method A – Credit-based scoring system
Used for indicators which are difficult to quantify such as visual impact, H&S etc.
Method B – Scaled scoring
Suitable for indicators with upper and lower boundary limits set by legislation, guidelines, quality
objectives etc. Values assigned proportionally based on designer’s judgement.
Method C – Benchmark comparison
Suitable for indicators which are not related to statutory guidelines for sustainability performance such
as direct cost and land acquisition. Percentage of performance improvement is compared for two or
more options.
Method D – Flow chart credit system
Similar to a credit-based scoring system but a flow chart is used. An example is shown in Figure 1.7.
Figure 1.7. Flow chart credit system example (Ugwu et al., 2006)
Page | 22
Method E – Subjective marking
Scores are purely based on assessor’s own judgement.
Each indicator is assigned an appropriate sustainability assessment method used to score the
performance. Table 1.9. shows part of the quantitative process for appraisal of the HKSAR foundation
assessment.
Page | 23
Tab
le 1
.9. S
USA
IP a
pp
rais
al p
roce
ss s
egm
ent
(Ug
wu
et
al.,
20
06)
Page | 24
1.2.3. – Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects data analysis and discussion for the Hong
Kong Special Administrative Region Bridge foundation project
A graphical display of the project example’s results is provided in Figure 1.8.
A breakdown of the score index is given in Table 1.10.
From reviewing the graphical display, it is clearly shown that the 3-pile arrangement scores higher than
the more commonly used 4-pile arrangement. Both options have a similar distribution of scoring in
regards to sustainability goals, but Option B proved to perform slightly better. Both options scored
extremely high in the environmental aspect but scored between 40 and 60 in all other aspects except for
project administration.
Figure 1.8. SUSAIP graphical representation of HKSAR bridge pile results (Ugwu et al., 2006)
Table 1.10. SUSAIP score index for HKSAR bridge pile results (Ugwu et al., 2006)
Page | 25
To compare the options in further detail, the score index table is reviewed. From the percentage
improvement column, it is shown that Option B out-performed Option A on most aspects which list as:
economy, environment and H&S. Each option tied scores for societal aspects and project administration
and finally, Option A out-performed Option B in regards to resource utilisation. Although, resource
utilisation is important for sustainable performance, the ‘3 pillars’ of economy, environment and society
are the basis behind sustainability. As these aspects were all either better or equal for Option B, then
that is more likely to be the overall better performer. The largest difference between each option was in
the economic aspect at an improvement percentage of 31.25%. This is most likely due to the reduction
in material usage which will save overall expenditure.
This review is aided by Ugwu et al.’s (2006) analysis of their own work. This analysis showed that there
was a 25% reduction in initial construction cost for Option B. Also, Option B had great environmental
benefits due to the reduction in excavation and therefore waste-management.
In reality, the contractors used Option A but that was only because the SUSAIP assessment was done
after construction had commenced. Normally, this would not be the case and the appraisal would be
done during the design stage, however, Ugwu et al.’s (2006) report was only used as an example to see
if it worked.
1.2.4. – Critical analysis of the Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects assessment process
In general, SUSAIP has a good structure for assessing a project’s sustainability. It’s nine step programme
is well described and easy to follow. It follows a similar structure to many other models in that its main
processes include indicator selection, scoring, weighting and aggregating.
One criticism could be the use of different sustainability appraisal methods based on the type of
indicator. Although, the flexibility ensures perhaps more accuracy in the scoring stage, it shows
inconsistency which can reduce the reliability of the assessment. Realistically, one single method should
be used throughout. This may cause difficulty with some indicators but it is not impossible. Usually the
method used is a credit-based scoring system.
Secondly, the HKSAR bridge example only assessed a segment of the entire project. Therefore, the
results do not represent the bridge but just the choice in foundations. Admittedly, this was the aim of
Ugwu et al.’s (2006) report, however, it does not represent the possible difficulties in assessing more
intricate segments of the bridge such as reinforcement.
Page | 26
Unfortunately, the results of the assessment were not utilised as it was done after construction had
started. As said by Ugwu et al. (2006) though, SUSAIP should be performed during the entire design
stage and possibly even the planning stage in order to reap the full reward. SUSAIP could also potentially
be used throughout the entire life-cycle as to maintain sustainable decision making. For example, it
could be used to determine the more sustainable option of two or more construction methods.
The use of a Spider Web plot for the graphical representation of the results could be improved. It shows
what general area of sustainability the option performed best and it has the added bonus that both
results can be shown on one graph which improves comparability. However, it does not show whether
results are sustainable or not. They merely show a number. A ROSE plot would show this and show
results of all indicators (as long as there are not too many). Although, both sets of results cannot be
shown in one plot.
1.3. – Critical analysis of the Oresund Bridge linking Sweden & Denmark
C.J. Shrubshall (2000) wrote a short report, giving a fairly basic critical analysis of the Oresund Bridge
which links Sweden & Denmark. The analysis covers the following topics: planning, aesthetics,
construction, durability, structural design and the future of the bridge. The whole crossing itself is a
bridge/tunnel combination, however, Shrubhall’s analysis only focuses on the bridge section. The
Oresund Bridge is shown in Figure 1.9.
Figure 1.9. The Oresund Bridge (denmarktour.org, 2016)
Page | 27
1.3.1. – Planning & reasons for constructing the Oresund Bridge
Plans to link the Oresund region have been around for centuries. However, until the decision was made
to build one, conflicting arguments had always halted the procedure. In the 19th Century, plans were
opposed by nationalist from both Sweden & Denmark and in the later years, fears of the environmental
impact to sea-life stopped the plans from coming to fruition. The go-ahead was finally given once,
technology had reached a point where sustaining the environment throughout the crossings life could
be achieved (Shrubshall, 2000).
The governments from both countries believed that the crossing would increase cultural, educational
and economic links. Not only would business thrive but due to the regions expertise in Information
Technology (IT) and Biomedicine, the region could become one of Europe’s leading ‘knowledge centres’.
In addition, the employment rate in Malmo (Sweden) is less than that in Copenhagen (Denmark) but the
housing is cheaper in Malmo. The crossing would allow more people to live in Malmo for cheaper whilst
also increasing the Swedish economy and still have a suitable commute to work in Copenhagen
(Shrubshall, 2000).
1.3.2. – Aesthetics of the Oresund Bridge
Analysis of aesthetics is always subjective. However, Fritz Leonhardt’s ’10 rules of aesthetics’ can
provide some form of structure when making an opinion. The 10 rules cover the following areas:
fulfilment of function, proportions, order, refinement, integration into the environment, surface texture,
colour, character, complexity and incorporation of nature.
For fulfilment of function, “the use of a cable-stayed bridge allows the structure and load paths to be
seen clearly. The symmetry of the cables about the piers gives a sense of balance seen in most cable-
stayed bridges. However, the combination of the cables and trussed deck could be seen as a confusion
of structural elements. As the approach bridges consist of trusses of the same depth it looks slightly
strange to suddenly have cables supporting the truss. The truss and cables are of course required on the
main span as it maintains the continuity of the deck from the approach bridges” (Shrubshall, 2000).
Proportionally the bridge is sound, although it is of Shrubhall’s opinion, that cable-stayed bridges look
better with thinner decks and larger piers. The Oresund Bridge is the opposite of this but this is due to
the decision to have the railway run beneath the road (Shrubshall, 2000). An image of the thick truss
deck is shown in Figure 1.10. (Shrubshall, 2000).
Page | 28
Order is affected by sections of bridge which do not quite look well combined or interlocked. The truss
deck of the Oresund Bridge creates lines and edges which could have conflicted with the flow of the
road deck, but instead it is in good order due to the consistency in the truss length and depth along the
main span and approaching spans. The pylons thin out towards the top and are not joined to each other
which maintains a certain flow. Shrubshall’s only criticism of the Oresund Bridge’s order is that the
pylons would have looked better as a single line rather than pairs. An example of this kind of
arrangement is the Millau Viaduct, shown in Figure 1.11. (Shrubshall, 2000).
Figure 1.10. The Oresund Bridge Truss Deck (dezeen.com, 2015)
Figure 1.11. Millau Viaduct (youtube.com, 2015)
Page | 29
The tapered pylons of the Oresund Bridge also shows good refinement in regards to aesthetics. It is
more aesthetically pleasing to taper a section out rather than just stop dead. A criticism of the
refinement of the Oresund Bridge is that the approach spans are not at the same level as the main span
whereas, a constant level of the entire bridge would look better (Shrubshall, 2000). This change in level
is shown in Figure 1.12.
From a plan view of the Oresund Bridge, it can be seen that it has a curve which seems to integrate well
with the sea environment, shown in Figure 1.13. It looks better than if the crossing were a straight line
(Shrubshall, 2000).
Figure 1.12. The Oresund Bridge Level Change (wikipedia.org The Bridge, 2016)
Figure 1.13. The Oresund Bridge Plan View (ferrycrossings.org.uk 2016)
Page | 30
The surface texture of the Oresund Bridge was most-likely overlooked due to the fact that there are no
pedestrian lanes and therefore, no one would be able to appreciate it (Shrubshall, 2000).
Different components of bridges are often given different colours in order to show some segregation
and outline each component. The Oresund Bridge does not have an outlandish colour scheme, however
its truss section and cables are black in comparison to the concrete grey of the other components. In
addition, “George Rothne, the designer of the Oresund Bridge was keen to use black for the truss as it
gives a variety of different colours in different lights” (Shrubshall, 2000).
Unfortunately, the Oresund Bridge seems to lack a certain character and does not have any flamboyant
qualities. It could be argued that the character of the bridge comes from the unusual way in which it was
constructed, like a lego set. Although, this cannot be seen unless you know how it was built (Shrubshall,
2000).
Similarly, the bridges complexity isn’t obvious. The complexity really comes from the interaction of the
truss deck and the cable-stays which both provide structural qualities and are built to complement each
other (Shrubshall, 2000).
Finally, the Oresund Bridge does not really incorporate nature in its design. There is no plant-life or
urban greenery. The only way the bridge may incorporate nature is in the same way it incorporates the
environment in its curved plan view (Shrubshall, 2000).
Overall, the Oresund Bridge does not ‘catch the eye’ in a sense compared to other bridges such as the
Alamillo Bridge in Seville, shown in Figure 1.14. Nevertheless, it does conform to most of the ’10 rules’
which make a bridge ‘beautiful’. The Oresund Bridge is more about practicality than aesthetics
(Shrubshall, 2000).
Page | 31
1.3.3. – Construction of the Oresund Bridge
The majority of the Oresund Bridge was constructed using prefabricated units. The only section of the
bridge that was in-situ was the main piers. Pre-fab (prefabrication) on this scale is not common but it did
have multiple advantages (Shrubshall, 2000).
The tendering of concrete contractors for in-situ castings on such a large scale and out at sea can prove
extremely difficult. Therefore, the more pre-fab units, the easier it is to tender contractors which will
save time, money and most probably ensure quality. Pre-fab also reduces the risk of contaminating the
water in comparison to in-situ. In addition, the amount of time disrupting maritime traffic was reduced
due to the pre-fab method (Shrubshall, 2000).
A major disadvantage for the pre-fab method was the requirement of specialist equipment. A heavy-
lifting sea-going crane (called Svanen, shown in Figure 1.15.) was required to manoeuvre the units which
was extremely costly, especially for the duration that it was needed. The manoeuvring procedure itself
was a H&S (Health & Safety) risk and was restricted by the weather. Also, it was an added risk due to its
rarity as any major breakdown could have taken a long time to fix. On another note, the caissons were
still too heavy for the crane and had to be towed and sunk into place (Shrubshall, 2000).
Figure 1.14. Alamillo Bridge (wikipedia.org Puente del Alamillo, 2016)
Page | 32
“The main span of the bridge was constructed in four sections, supported on temporary piers, almost
like a propped cantilever” (Shrubshall, 2000). Temporary support piers are generally unappealing as they
are particularly expensive and time consuming to build considering they are redundant once the bridge
has been built. However, as the main span on the bridge is in shallow water and the seabed is made-up
of sufficiently strong material, the temporary piers/foundations did not require much reinforcement and
therefore, were cheaper than normal. Once the unit was laid on top of the supports, the cables were
attached, taking the load and allowing the temporary supports to be moved to the next section
(Shrubshall, 2000).
The trusses on the Oresund Bridge were welded in-situ which is also generally unappealing as it is
usually expensive, time-consuming and can lack quality. This is especially the case in sea conditions.
Nonetheless, it was imperative to the design. The conditions were improved for welding with the use of
temporary welding cabins which sheltered the workers from the elements and created a ‘workshop
environment’, ensuring maximum efficiency (Shrubshall, 2000).
Figure 1.15. Svanen placing a Truss Unit on the Oresund Bridge (roadtraffic-technology.com, 2016)
Page | 33
The bridge bearings were procured so that they could allow movement between the deck and piers,
carry vertical loads up to 90,000kN and between the pair of bearings on each pier, carry a horizontal
force of 40,000kN (ship collision) (Shrubshall, 2000).
As part of any critical analysis, Shrubshall considered the construction alternatives. The main alternative
for the Oresund Bridge would be to have the road and rail transport on the same level. This obviously
would have changed the construction methods which would have its own advantages and
disadvantages. For one, the dead load of the deck would have been a lot lighter as it would consist of
one concrete level, which would prove cheaper and easier in pre-tensioning the cables. However,
without the truss deck level, the concrete deck would have to be a lot stiffer in order to comply with
railway deflection standards. Also, the truss partly supported the deck itself and so without it, the pylons
would probably have to be larger (stronger). On the other hand, without the truss deck, the wind load
(which for a sea crossing is substantial) would be reduced but the horizontal bearing capacity of the
piers would still have to be large enough to withstand a ship collision, so this would probably not change
too much (Shrubshall, 2000).
In conclusion, more work is needed in comparing construction alternatives in regards to gathering data
and reviewing options. Although, it can still be said that because construction was within budget and on
schedule, arguing the case would only show if construction would be even more efficient.
1.3.4. – Durability of the Oresund Bridge
Like many recent bridge builds, the Oresund Bridge is designed for a 100 year life-cycle. During this time
the economic benefits of the bridge should be significant. As well as the indirect economic improvement
to both cities, the bridge has had a toll station introduced which aims to directly ‘pay for itself’ within 30
years (Shrubshall, 2000).
Corrosion is a huge element for any maritime structure. The most susceptible component of the bridge
to corrosion are the truss girders. Which, along with the rest of the steel members, have been covered
with a widely used protective coating, at an optimised thickness. Moreover, the designers introduced
free run-off around nodes and ‘water traps’ which would reduce water retention. The bearings were
also procured to withstand aggressive sea conditions with a life-cycle of 30 years (Shrubshall, 2000).
Apart from changing the bearings, the main maintenance job for the bridge is to replace the cables. As
the Oresund Bridge is a cable-stayed bridge, this process is made a lot easier and less disruptive than
Page | 34
replacing the cables on a suspension bridge. The bridge is designed so that it is still serviceable when
one cable is removed. Therefore, each cable is replaced one at a time (Shrubshall, 2000).
As mentioned previously, the Oresund Bridge has been designed to withstand the force of a ship
collision. The approach deck piers are leaf piers which are much more resistant to perpendicular force
than two square piers. The bridge is designed for a worst case scenario of one whole pier being
destroyed. In which case, the welding of the truss deck over the pier would hold and act as a continuous
beam. The two main piers are not leaf piers but do have a larger compressive force acting on them from
the pylons which in turn, would increase their moment capacity. The difference in these pier types can
be seen in Figure 1.16. Artificial islands have also been constructed around the main piers which aim to
slow down any converging ship before impact (Shrubshall, 2000).
The designers have not actively protected the bridge against intentional damage from say, a terrorist
attack. It was viewed too unlikely in the cost-benefit analysis (Shrubshall, 2000).
1.3.5. – The future of the Oresund Bridge
As with many transport projects, the Oresund Bridge has been assessed to sustain the ever increasing
traffic volume. Studies show that there was a 17% traffic increase in the Oresund region in the first 6
months of the bridge being open. However, this is quite usual after a new build. Although, if this number
Figure 1.16. Oresund Bridge Piers (tumbler.com Bridge Span, 2016)
Page | 35
continues to climb (even slowly), then the capacity of the two-lane Oresund Bridge will be at capacity in
just decades (Shrubshall, 2000).
The bridges deck has been left with some space on either edge which would potentially be turned into
an extra lane for each direction. Although, this would require extra deck components to be built to make
it wider. Another option would be to hand extra truss members off the side of the existing deck which
would be a more complex procedure but could allow for more than one two additional lanes
(Shrubshall, 2000).
1.3.6. – Critical analysis of the critical analysis of the Oresund Bridge
Shrubshall’s report is very useful for this report as it provides a good basis for the SA of a complex bridge
such as the Oresund Bridge. It covers a lot of areas which an SA would consider in some detail. However,
a full SA would consider a lot more sustainability components such as cost, indirect economic benefit,
stakeholder engagement etc. Some areas are only briefly described rather than assessed in quantitative
detail which would not be sufficient for SA.
Shrubshall’s report gives a good basis about the bridge section of the Oresund Link but not the tunnel
section. This makes sense as it is only a bridge analysis. However, it could be argued that the tunnel is
part of the same crossing and should really be assessed as well.
A limited background into the Oresund region is described which entails the main need for the crossing.
This includes unemployment rates of Malmo, cheap housing in Malmo and the vision of Europe’s leading
‘knowledge centres’ for IT and Biomedicine. This is a good basis to determine importance of various
indicators and establish weightings.
Aesthetics is an important indicator of the social impact of a project and Shrubshall’s report gives
extensive detail on how this was assessed for the Oresund Bridge. Fritz Leonhardt’s ‘10 rules of
aesthetics’ provide a semi-structure when analysing aesthetics which is generally a subjective task.
The construction of the Oresund Bridge was fairly unusual in that is was mostly pre-fab. Shrubshall’s
report gives a basic comparison of the differences between pre-fab and in-situ construction and why the
pre-fab method was chosen. Pairwise comparison for these methods is a good way of assessing different
options to choose the most sustainable one. This was also the case with comparing durability of either
option.
Page | 36
The future of the Oresund Bridge and the ability to adapt to changes in the environment is the basis of
SA. Options for additional lanes to deal with increasing traffic volumes was explored but not in great
detail. There was also no mention of the rise in sea levels which could affect the loading on the bridge
itself. However, this may have been negligible.
1.4. – Development of the Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment model
A new SA model, The Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment (CBSA) model will be developed and
tested by analysing a number of case studies. The CBSA model will be an adaption of the NRBSA model
in that it will cater to different kinds of bridges rather than purely road bridges. However, it will be
focused on complex structures which may have proven difficult or time consuming for the NRBSA model
or indeed other recognised models such as the Sustainable Project Appraisal Routine (SPeAR) and Civil
Engineering Environmental Quality (CEEQUAL) models. CBSA will also be an improvement of NRBSA in
that the literature will be used from Chapter 1 to establish more accurate assessment method, better
structure and a more appealing presentation.
1.4.1. - Adaption of New Road Bridge Sustainability Assessment model to create Complex Bridge
Sustainability Assessment model
The NRBSA model must be adapted to cater for other bridge types. Therefore, the characteristics of the
model which made is specifically aimed at road-bridges must be identified. In short, the only feature of
the NRBSA model that was wholly aimed at road-bridges was the indicator assessment methods
themselves. These methods include the calculation of the economic & social losses and gains due to
change in traffic congestion introduced by Mathews et al. (2015). The various risk assessments are also
different due to the additional aspects to be considered. These methods can still be used for the road
traffic aspects of a complex bridge but extra methods should be introduced to consider other aspects
such as train lines and tunnelling.
With the addition of the new aspects of the case-study projects such as tunnelling, a larger quantity of
indicators will have to be assessed. Therefore, unlike Serpell’s (2015) report on NRBSA, the aggregation
stage of the model will have to be utilised in order to maintain an organised working method. This will
allow the assessor to prioritise between indicators, based on the initial research stage, and reduce the
number of insignificant indicators which will save time and money.
Page | 37
Second, the NRBSA model process must be improved in regards to its accuracy, usability, comparability
& presentation. This improvement will show progress in the model’s development rather than just using
the same model on different case-studies. There is always room for improvement.
1.4.2. - Improvement of the New Road Bridge Sustainability Assessment model to create the Complex
Bridge Sustainability Assessment model
Chapters 1.1. and 1.2. will be used to improve the NRBSA model. Each chapter discusses another
assessment model which has been critically analysed. The significant advantages of each model will be
integrated into the NRBSA model to create the CBSA model. These improvements will enhance the
model’s accuracy, usability, representation, comparability & it’s presentation.
The AHP process focuses on comparing alternative design options and assessing their sustainability in
order to determine which to use. This is very useful in the design stage of a project as it will set the
standard of how chose between design alternatives. This will be the main improvement of the NRBSA
model.
The AHP process itself is actually very similar to the NRBSA process in assessing design options. It follows
the same basis of establishing normalised weightings, indicator scores & overall scores. Therefore, this
basis of working methodology will be kept in the developing of the CBSA model.
A significant difference that the AHP process uses is pairwise comparison. This is the method used to
compare sustainability of different design options. A number of suitable indicators are chosen to assess
and are all given associative weightings. Each indicator is then compared against the same indicator for
the other design choice with which is wins, draws or loses. The scores and weightings are then
multiplied and an overall score for each design option is determined. Therefore, the best scoring option
is the most sustainable and should be chosen in the design process. The use of pairwise comparison is
an accurate method which provides detailed insight into the ‘real’ sustainability of each option and will
be integrated into the CBSA model.
The use of the consistency ratio is also a good way of determining whether the assessor is keeping
consistent in delegating weighting values for each indicator. In reality, the weighting value comparison
values between each indicator will be determined by a group of experts and therefore, there is a nature
of subjectivity. The consistency ratio will be integrated into the CBSA model to ensure reliability.
Page | 38
In addition, the AHP process is used on the example of the Penang Second Bridge. Tables are shown
which provide details of the chosen indicators and sub-indicators. This gives some good examples to
look out for when the case-studies are being assessed in this report.
The SUSAIP model was also used to compare various design options. In particular, foundation design.
Therefore, reinforcement the importance of this step in SA.
The nine step process is also very similar to the NRBSA model, providing simple, easy-to-use instructions
on the working method. Maintaining the easy-to-use quality of a model is very important as it will
reduce confusion and the occurrence of human error in assessment, increasing validity.
The assessment method used in NRBSA is scaled scoring, which is described by Ugwu et al. as ‘suitable
for indicators with upper and lower boundary limits set by legislation, guidelines, quality objectives etc.’
(Ugwu et al., 2006). However, it still proved useful in assessing all other indicator types in Serpell’s
(2015) report and therefore, will be kept as the main assessment method in the CBSA model.
Finally, SUSAIP uses a Spider Web Plot (SWP) for the presentation of results instead of a ROSE plot as
used in the NRBSA and SPeAR models. The SWP has the advantage that numerical values are shown
which can allow the client to really see the differences between each indicator. However, it does not
really show whether the results are sustainable or not, it just shows a number. In reality, the client will
most likely just like to see which options are more sustainable, not the numerical differences. Therefore,
the use of the ROSE plot will be maintained in the visualisation stage of the CBSA model.
1.4.3. – Working methodology of the Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment model
With these changes described in the previous sub-chapters, the NBRSA has now been altered to create
the CBSA model which will use the following working methodology:
Stage 1 – Initial research
Research of the bridges location will determine the sustainability ‘needs’ relative to that location. For
example, if the area is extremely urbanised, then environmental measures will be given high priority in
assessing the new bridge (Serpell, 2015).
Stage 2 – Indicator selection
Suitable indicators and sub-indicators will be selected for both the key design options and the rest of the
bridge and are based on Stage 1 (Serpell, 2015).
Page | 39
Stage 3 – Indicator weighting
The link’s indicators will be weighted according to their significance to its overall sustainability (Serpell,
2015).
Stage 4 – Indicator aggregation
A minimum weighting limit will be established and any indicators which fall below this limit in regards to
weighting value will be extracted from the assessment process. This is to save time and money by
ignoring insignificant indicators (Serpell, 2015).
Stage 5 – Identifying key design options
Key design options will be identified such as foundations, transport types etc. These options will have
significant effect on the overall sustainability of the bridge and therefore, the choice of the more
sustainable option is of vital importance. Examples of these are shown in Chapter 1.2.1.
Stage 6 – Pairwise comparison of key design options
The options identified in Stage 2 are compared using pairwise comparison. Consistency is also checked
using the consistency ratio method. Examples of this are shown in Chapter 1.1.1.
Stage 7 – Normalised indicator assessment
Once the most sustainable design options have been identified and the rest of the bridge has been
weighted, their sustainability (along with the rest of the bridge) will be assessed on a more general
basis, like in the NRBSA model. The normalisation will use the scaled scoring method (Serpell, 2015).
Stage 8 – Results
The resulting weighted scores will be put into a table format like in the NRBSA model which will give
detailed information of the entire assessment process (Serpell, 2015).
Stage 9 – Visualisation
Finally, the results will be integrated into a ROSE plot for presentation (Serpell, 2015).
Page | 40
1.5. – Brief summary of Chapter 1
The AHP process shows a detailed and accurate method for SA for any project but it has proved
particularly useful for bridges. Yadollahi et al. (2014), provided an insight into not only how AHP works
by using a complex bridge example, but critically analysed the results in comparison to several other
methods which proved it sufficient. This information will be helpful in adapting and developing a new SA
model for the assessment of complex bridges.
SUSAIP is similar to AHP in its methodology but has some minor differences which provide an outlook on
how SA models can vary and what this does to the results. SUSAIP in turn also focuses on comparing
design options in order to choose the more sustainable option which is the true goal of SA itself. Ugwu
et al. (2006), give a detailed example of how bridge foundation design options were assessed and in fact
should have differed from the option actually taken. This information will be useful in improving the
comparison aspect of the new SA model for assessment of complex bridges.
Although, it is not exactly a SA method, critical analysis of the scale provided by C.J. Shrubshall (2000)
gives detailed information about an amazing complex bridge example in the Oresund Bridge. The
information provided will help in creating the SA model which will in turn analyse the Oresund Link as a
case-study. In particular, C.J. Shrubshall’s (2000) work will aid in comparing between design alternatives
such as deck design and layering of transportation types.
The aim of Chapter 1.4 was to use the critical analysis of the literature review in Chapter 1 in order to
adapt and improve the NRBSA model in creating the CBSA model. In short, this aim was achieved.
The main change in the assessment process will be the comparing of key design options of the project.
This will be vital in determining which option to choose in the design stage and ultimately create the
most sustainable bridge possible.
Other discrete changes were made in order to improve accuracy and reliability of the results. For one,
the use of pairwise comparison provides a much more objective view which will increase reliability,
especially when its consistency ratio is also calculated as an added precaution.
In addition, the working methodology has been slightly altered to allow for the aggregation stage which
was not utilised in Serpell’s (2015) report. The weighting stage will be proceeded prior to indicator
assessment and any indicators which prove to be insignificant will be aggregated.
Page | 41
Chapter 2 – Case-study 1. The Oresund Link
Chapter 2 will cover the original work of the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ of the case
study of the Oresund Link. The case study of the Oresund Link is an extremely affective project on which
to test the newly developed CBSA model. Not only is it large scale (the longest cable-stayed bridge in the
world) but it is unique in that the crossing is part bridge and part tunnel. There are various key design
decisions that were made which can be individually assessed in order to determine whether the most
sustainable option was chosen. There was also a history of criticism of the plans to build the link
regarding the environmental impact which provides an important factor of SA to consider. The nine
stages of the CBSA model will be carried out in assessing the Oresund Link, which will determine if the
project was as sustainable as it claims to be.
The nine stages of the CBSA process are shown in Table 2.1.
Table 2.1. Nine stages of CBSA process
Stage 1 – Initial research Stage 4 – Indicator aggregation Stage 7 – Normalised indicator assessment
Stage 2 – Indicator selection Stage 5 – Identifying key design options
Stage 8 – Results
Stage 3 – Indicator weighting Stage 6 – Pairwise comparison of key design options
Stage 9 – Visualisation
The Oresund Link is shown in Figure 2.1. below.
Page | 42
2.1. – Stage 1-Initial research for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’,
the Oresund Link
The first place to look when conducting initial research of an existing project is the reasons for planning
the link in the first place. As discussed in Chapter 1.3.1. the governments from both countries believed
that the crossing would increase cultural, educational and economic links. There is also a strong history
behind the Oresund Link in that it had been planned for a long time (around the 19th Century) but it was
continuously put aside due to criticisms of its environmental impact on sea-life (Shrubshall, 2000).
From an economic view, business would thrive in both locations as is the main effect of most large
bridge projects. In addition, the employment rate in Malmo was less than that in Copenhagen but the
housing is cheaper in Malmo. ‘Malmo had a troubled economic situation following the mid-1970s.
Between 1990-1995, 27,000 jobs were lost, and the budget deficit was more than one billion Swedish
Krona. In 1995, Malmo had Sweden’s highest unemployment rate’ (laboureconomics.com, 2012). The
Figure 2.1. The Oresund Link (co2-e-race.blogspot.co.uk, 2014)
Page | 43
crossing would allow more people to live in Malmo for cheaper whilst also increasing the Swedish
economy and still have a suitable commute to work in Copenhagen (Shrubshall, 2000).
Environmental concerns were mainly based around the process of dredging the sea bed. Not only would
mussel banks & eelgrass (which birds & fish feed on) be destroyed but the process would loosen
sediment & pollutants which can directly kill of sea life as well as indirectly through reducing water flow
which would affect the growth of plant-life which feeds the rest of the ecosystem. Other environmental
concerns include air & noise contamination from the increase in traffic along the region. Finally, the
plans were given the go ahead once stakeholders were convinced that construction technology had
reached the point where environmental protection would be at an acceptable level (american.edu,
2016).
From a social point of view, the region is known for its expertise in IT and Biomedicine and the
connection would only expand this educational factor. Although both cities are geographically close,
their cultural differences are great. Therefore, the link would allow both societies to interact and explore
each other’s culture. However, this cultural difference has also proved an issue in designing the bridge
for various reasons such as cars travelling on different sides of the road and train lines using different
voltages.
Using this information, a few areas of sustainability can be given higher priority in the assessment
process which will be highlighted in the weighting stage. These areas include employment, economic
impact, ecological impact, air quality, noise impact, traffic congestion & a new indicator in educational
impact.
2.2. – Stage 2-Indicator selection for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’, the Oresund Link
Following the initial research stage, a variety of relevant indicators & sub-indicators will be chosen for
assessment. All indicators will consider the entire life cycle of the Oresund Link. These indicators will be
placed under the 3 pillars of sustainability: environment, economy & society. The breakdown of these
indicators are shown in Table 2.2.
Page | 44
Table 2.2. Indicator selection for 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Oresund Link
Sustainability Pillar Indicator Sub-indicator
Environment Ecological Impact Direct cost of measures taken to preserve ecology
Direct saving from taking preservation measures
Direct cost of unforeseen ecological impact
Energy use Amount of CO2 produced
Energy saved
Waste management Amount of waste sent directly to landfill
Amount of waste recycled
Amount of waste re-used on site
Land use Amount of free land used
Amount of pre-occupied land used
Water use Amount of water wasted
Amount of water saved
Amount of water recycled
Natural materials Amount of natural material used
Consideration of environmental climate change
Consideration of sea level rise
Consideration of temperature change
Consideration of rainfall increase
Economy Economic impact Direct cost
Indirect cost
Page | 45
Direct income
Indirect income
Employment Number of local jobs, permanent full-time
Number of local jobs, permanent part-time
Number of local jobs, temporary full-time
Economic risk Direct cost of insurance taken out
Direct saving from insured event occurring
Direct saving from not taking insurance
Direct cost of uninsured event occurring
Financial investment Investment from local sources
Investment from non-local sources
Consideration of economic climate change
Consideration of possible economic crash
Society Health & wellbeing Noise impact
Light pollution
Vibration
Air quality
Transport impact Delay time
Time saved
Stakeholder engagement Consideration of stakeholders
Complaints/disputes
Page | 46
Health & safety Lost time due to accidents occurred
Cultural heritage impact Cost of impact on listed structures
Cost of impact on protected land
Cost of impact on archaeological sites
Visual impact Leonhardt’s ’10 rules of aesthetics’
Community facilities Loss of revenue from parking metres
Loss of revenue from parking fines
Loss of revenue from other community facilities
Income generated from community facilities
Equality Impact of racial equality
Impact of gender equality
Impact of disability equality
Impact of age equality
Educational impact Cost of improvements to the educational sector
Consideration of social climate change
Consideration of traffic congestion increase
Page | 47
2.3. – Stage 3-Indicator weighting for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’, the Oresund Link
All the indicators mentioned in Chapter 2.2. will be weighted according to their significance to the
overall sustainability of the Oresund region. Weighting values will be between 0.00 and 1.00 to an
accuracy of 0.05 (1.00 being extremely significant and 0.00 being extremely insignificant). These values
would normally be decided by a group of experts with careful consideration of the location, type of
project, overall impact that it will have as well as other aspects. However, for the purpose of this report,
the weightings will be devised by the author based on the initial research stage in Chapter 2.1.
Professional advice has been sought after but the information needed is vital to their business and
therefore, they were not willing to release it. These weighting values are shown in Table 2.3.
Table 2.3. Indicator weighting for 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Oresund Link
Sustainability Pillar Indicator Sub-indicator Weighting
Environment Ecological Impact Direct cost of measures taken to preserve ecology
0.80
Direct saving from taking preservation measures
0.85
Direct cost of unforeseen ecological impact
0.90
Energy use Amount of CO2 produced
0.40
Energy saved 0.45
Waste management Amount of waste sent directly to landfill
0.40
Amount of waste recycled
0.45
Amount of waste re-used on site
0.50
Land use Amount of free land used
0.60
Page | 48
Amount of pre-occupied land used
0.65
Water use Amount of water wasted
0.15
Amount of water saved 0.10
Amount of water recycled
0.15
Natural materials Amount of natural material used
0.30
Consideration of environmental climate change
Consideration of sea level rise
0.50
Consideration of temperature change
0.60
Consideration of rainfall increase
0.60
Economy Economic impact Direct cost 0.90
Indirect cost 0.85
Direct income 0.95
Indirect income 0.85
Employment Number of local jobs, permanent full-time
0.95
Number of local jobs, permanent part-time
0.90
Number of local jobs, temporary full-time
0.85
Economic risk Direct cost of insurance taken out
0.80
Direct saving from insured event occurring
0.80
Direct saving from insurance not taken out
0.70
Page | 49
Direct cost of uninsured event occurring
0.85
Financial investment Investment from local sources
0.80
Investment from non-local sources
0.75
Consideration of economic climate change
Consideration of possible economic crash
0.10
Society Health & wellbeing Noise impact 0.80
Light pollution 0.35
Vibration 0.15
Air quality 0.85
Transport impact Delay time 0.90
Time saved 0.95
Stakeholder engagement Consideration of stakeholders
0.60
Complaints/disputes 0.60
Health & safety Loss time due to accidents occurred
0.65
Cultural heritage impact Cost of impact on listed structures
0.15
Cost of impact on protected land
0.15
Cost of impact on archaeological sites
0.15
Visual impact Leonhardt’s ’10 rules of aesthetics’
0.20
Community facilities Loss of revenue from parking metres
0.15
Loss of revenue from parking fines
0.15
Page | 50
Loss of revenue from other community facilities
0.10
Income generated from community facilities
0.15
Equality Impact of racial equality 0.35
Impact of gender equality
0.35
Impact of disability equality
0.35
Impact of age equality 0.35
Educational impact Cost of improvements to the educational sector
0.80
Consideration of social climate change
Consideration of traffic congestion increase
0.90
2.4. – Stage 4-Indicator aggregation for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’, the Oresund Link
The newly weighted indicators & sub-indicators will be aggregated by establishing a minimum weighting
value required in order to be assessed. This is an important step in reducing time/money consumption
in the assessment process. The minimum weighting value for assessment will be anything less than 0.20.
This means the following indicators/sub-indicators have been aggregated: amount of water saved,
amount of water recycled, consideration of possible economic crash, vibration, cultural heritage impact
and community facilities.
These have been given such a low weighting value for the following reasons: the Oresund Region does
not have a particular shortage of water, the possibility of economic crash affecting the Oresund Link
being so low, there will be no vibration works powerful enough to affect nearby facilities, the lack of
cultural heritage on the development site and the lack of community facilities affected.
Page | 51
This now leaves 42 sub-indicators to be assessed for both the key design options and the Oresund Link
as a whole.
2.5. – Stage 5-Identifying key design options for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’, the Oresund Link
There are several key design choices that were made for the Oresund Link which would have greatly
affected its overall sustainability. The CBSA model aims to assess these choices and their alternatives to
determine whether the most sustainable choice was made. These design options are shown in Table 2.4.
The first three design options mentioned in Table 2.4. concerning deck design, cable design and pre-
fab/in-situ construction were all taken directly from this reports literature review, sourced by C.J.
Shrubshall (2000). The last two mentioned, concerning tunnel construction & the centre span were put
forward by the author.
Table 2.4. Key design options for the 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Oresund Link (Shrubshall, 2000)
De
sign
Op
tio
ns
Chosen Option Alternative
Truss/Slab deck combination with rail & road
lanes on different levels
Purely slab deck with rail & road lanes on
same level
Cable-stayed bridge Suspension bridge
Mainly pre-fab construction Mainly in-situ construction
Immerse tunnel sections Bore tunnel
Four pillars around corner of centre span Arch member between centre span
The general reasoning for the chosen design options will be described, whilst a detailed assessment
using pairwise comparison will be completed for each set of options in Chapter 2.6.
2.5.1. – Choice of the Oresund Link bridge deck design
The designers of the Oresund Link decided to keep road & rail traffic on separate levels, using a simple
concrete slab for the road lanes with a truss deck attached below the slab for the rail tracks. There are
several advantages with this option. For one, if the transport modes were on the same level, a barrier
Page | 52
would have to be implemented to avoid collisions of either vehicle. This would be unsightly and may
actually prove a distraction for drivers, increasing the health risk. In addition, the concrete slab would
have to be a lot stiffer in order to comply with the deflection limitations for railway design. Also, the
truss partly supports the deck itself and so without it, the pylons would probably have to be larger,
adding to the cost and complexity of construction (Shrubshall, 2000).
However, there are also some advantages to the alternative option. The dead load of the deck would
have been a lot lighter as it would consist of one concrete level, which would prove cheaper and easier
in pre-tensioning the cables. Also, with the lack of an extra level, the wind load would be greatly
reduced. However, as the horizontal bearing capacity of the piers would have been designed to
withstand a ship collision and therefore, would not make any difference to the design (Shrubshall,
2000).
Figure 2.2. shows the actual Oresund Bridge deck design.
Figure 2.2. Actual Oresund Bridge deck design (magebausa.com, 2016)
Page | 53
Figure 2.3. shows a similar example of how the alternative deck design option would have looked.
2.5.2. – Choice of the Oresund Link cable system
The Oresund Link’s bridge was originally designed as a suspension bridge. However, the decision was
made to build a cable-stayed bridge for the following reasons. The main reason being a suspension
bridge is generally too flexible and would allow too much deflection in the bridge deck than would be
allowable for rail standards. The suspension bridge could be made stiff enough but it would require
over-sized cables, extra strong anchors and regular maintenance. The required anchors themselves are
an issue as they create additional work and another area for a ship to possibly collide.
The cable-stayed design provides enough stiffness for the railway as well as not requiring anchors
making it the more appealing option.
Figure 2.4. shows the actual cable system of the Oresund Bridge.
Figure 2.3. Alternative deck design option for the Oresund Bridge (transport.gov.scot, 2016)
Page | 54
Figure 2.5. shows a suspension bridge which would have looked similar to the Oresund Bridge if it was a
suspension bridge.
2.5.3. – Choice of pre-fab construction method for the Oresund Link
The majority of the Oresund Link was constructed using prefabricated units. The only section of the
bridge that was in-situ was the main piers. Pre-fab on this scale is not common but it did have multiple
Figure 2.4. Actual Oresund Bridge cable system (thebeautyoftransport.com, 2016)
Figure 2.5. The Great Belt suspension bridge (highways-denmark.com, 2016)
Page | 55
advantages. The tendering of concrete contractors for in-situ castings on such a large scale and out at
sea can prove extremely difficult. Therefore, the more pre-fab units, the easier it is to tender contractors
which will save time, money and most probably ensure quality. Pre-fab also reduces the risk of
contaminating the water in comparison to in-situ. In addition, dragging pre-fab units out to sea did not
create a disruption to maritime traffic as an in-situ concrete pour would (Shrubshall, 2000).
A major disadvantage for the pre-fab method was the requirement of specialist equipment. The heavy-
lifting sea-going crane, Svanen, was required to manoeuvre the units which was extremely costly,
especially for the duration that it was needed. The manoeuvring procedure itself was a H&S risk and was
restricted by the weather. Also, it was an added risk due to its rarity as any major breakdown could have
taken a long time to fix (Shrubshall, 2000). Figure 2.6. shows Svanen placing a section of the truss deck.
Figure 2.6. Svanen placing a section of truss deck to the Oresund Link (roadtraffic-technology.com, 2016)
Page | 56
2.5.4. – Choice of the tunnel construction method for the Oresund Link
The designers of the Oresund Link decided to use the immersion method to construct the Link’s tunnel
rather than the more common boring method. There were several reasons for this choice. First, a bored
tunnel is limited to having a circular cross-section. Therefore, in order to fit all means of transport (4
road lanes, 2 rail tracks & an emergency exit route) the cross-sectional area would be a lot larger. This is
far more uneconomical than the rectangular cross-section actually used which was made possible with
the immersion method. In addition to the economic cross-section, the immersion method allows for a
more economic length as well, saving yet more money. This is because boring tunnels generally requires
at least one diameter’s depth below the seabed. This coupled with the low gradient level specifications
for rail transport, a bored tunnel would have to emerge a lot further in-land on the Copenhagen side.
Figure 2.7. shows the tunnel building facility being flooded in order to float out two tunnel sections.
The boring method is generally a cheaper & easier construction method. However, with the economic
advantages of the immersion technique, the boring method would actually have been more expensive
overall. Therefore, it was not chosen for the Oresund Link.
Figure 2.7. Oresund Link tunnel building facility (dywidag-systems.com, 2016)
Page | 57
2.5.5. – Choice of centre span design for the Oresund Link
Once it was decided that the Oresund Link’s bridge would be cable-stayed, the question was asked as
the design of the centre span. Many options were considered but the two main ones were the four-
pillars (which was used) or an arch which would stretch from either longitudinal side of the centre span.
The deciding factor in the end for the designers was the fact that an arch span would create more of a
risk of ship collision. This is because the arches gradient lowers towards the foundation and could
potentially lead to a tall ship sailing too close to the side and collide with the arch. However, there are
other advantages and disadvantages for either choice.
Figure 2.8. shows the actual centre span of the Oresund Bridge with the four pillars.
Figure 2.9. shows what the Oresund Bridge’s centre span could have looked with an arch.
Figure 2.8. Oresund Bridge centre span (skanska.com, 2016)
Page | 58
An advantage of the arch design is its resistance to horizontal wind loading. If the arch is less wide than
the deck below, then the cables will angle out horizontally as well as longitudinally. This allows the arch
to transfer wind loading in both directions. Additionally, arch bridges are generally seen as more
attractive than the straight pillar design.
Apart from the main advantage of the pillar design in reducing the risk of ship collision, maintenance
proves to be easier and less disruptive than an arch design. If a maintenance check was to be made of
the archway, some sort of gantry system would have to be established to check the bottom side of the
arch. This would most like mean traffic would have to be disturbed when workers are boarding the
gantry. The pillars can be maintained using a gantry system but traffic would not have to be disturbed as
the workers can board at the bottom of the pillar, off the road.
Figure 2.9. Lupu Bridge, China (youramazingplaces.com, 2016)
Page | 59
2.6. – Stage 6-Pairwise comparison of the key design options for ‘Complex
Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Oresund Link
Each of the design options mentioned in Chapter 2.5. will assessed individually using the AHP and
pairwise comparison. In each assessment process, up to 10 sub-indicators will be chosen for assessment.
These will be seen as the most important or relevant sub-indicators for the corresponding design option.
Pairwise comparison will be used on the weightings of these sub-indicators which will be normalised,
checked for consistency & finally scored. This way, it can be determined whether or not the most
sustainable option was chosen by the Oresund Link’s designers.
2.6.1. – Pairwise comparison of the Oresund Link deck design
Five sub-indicators have been deemed the most significant for the deck design options and will be
assessed. These sub-indicators are: consideration of temperature change, consideration of rainfall
increase, direct cost, visual impact & consideration of traffic congestion increase. Table 2.5. shows these
sub-indicators and their corresponding reference numbers.
Table 2.5. Deck design option sub-indicators, the Oresund Link
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. SI.5.
Consideration of
temperature
change
Consideration of
rainfall increase
Direct cost Visual impact Consideration of
traffic congestion
increase
The first step in pairwise comparison is to determine the importance of each sub-indicator in
comparison to each other. This is done using the nine-point scale shown in Table 2.6.
Table 2.6. Fundamental scales for pairwise comparison (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 60
The results have been determined by the author and are shown in comparison matrix format below
along with the sum value of each column.
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. SI.5.
SI.1. 1 1/7 3 1/7 1/3
SI.2. 7 1 7 2 1
SI.3. 1/3 1/7 1 1/3 1/3
SI.4. 7 1/2 3 1 2
SI.5. 3 1 3 1/2 1
Total 55/3 39/14 17 167/42 14/3
These values are then normalised. This is done by calculating the sum of each column, then dividing
each element of the matrix by its corresponding column total value. A new matrix is compiled of these
new elements of which the sum of each row is calculated. This is shown in the matrix below.
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. SI.5. Total
SI.1. 1 ÷ 55/3 1/7 ÷ 39/14 3 ÷ 17 1/7 ÷ 167/42 1/3 ÷ 14/3 0.39
SI.2. 7 ÷ 55/3 1 ÷ 39/14 7 ÷ 17 2 ÷ 167/42 1 ÷ 14/3 1.87
SI.3. 1/3 ÷ 55/3 1/7 ÷ 39/14 1 ÷ 17 1/3 ÷ 167/42 1/3 ÷ 14/3 0.28
SI.4. 7 ÷ 55/3 1/2 ÷ 39/14 3 ÷ 17 1 ÷ 167/42 2 ÷ 14/3 1.42
SI.5. 3 ÷ 55/3 1 ÷ 39/14 3 ÷ 17 1/2 ÷ 167/42 1 ÷ 14/3 1.04
The sum of the rows are then normalised and shown as the priority matrix by dividing them by the
number of criteria (5). This is shown in Equation 2.1. below.
Page | 61
[ 0.391.870.281.421.04]
÷ 5 =
[ 0.080.370.060.280.21]
The consistency is then checked using the Consistency Ratio (CR) shown in Equation 2.2. This is
calculated using the Consistency Index (CI) & the Random Index (RI).
Equation 2.2. Consistency Ratio (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
𝐶𝑅 =𝐶𝐼
𝑅𝐼
The RI is taken from Table 2.7., below.
The CI is calculated using Equation 2.3. This is calculated with the principle eigenvector (λmax) and the
number of criteria (m).
Equation 2.3. Consistency Index (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
𝐶𝐼 =𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑚
𝑚 − 1
The principle eigenvector can be estimated in a three step process. First, the priority matrix is multiplied
by the comparison matrix. This is shown in Equation 2.4. below.
Equation 2.4. Deck design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Oresund Link
[
17
1/373
1/71
1/71/21
37133
1/72
1/31
1/2
1/31
1/321 ]
𝑥
[ 0.080.370.060.280.21]
=
[ 0.422.120.301.081.14]
Equation 2.1. Deck design option weighting normalisation, the Oresund Link
Table 2.7. Random Index Values (Zhange & Zou, 2007)
Page | 62
In the next step, each element of the resulting matrix is divided by its corresponding element of the
priority matrix. This is shown in Equation 2.5.
Equation 2.5. Deck design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Oresund Link
[ 0.42 ÷ 0.082.12 ÷ 0.370.3 ÷ 0.061.08 ÷ 0.281.14 ÷ 0.21]
=
[ 5.255.735
3.865.43]
Finally, the principle eigenvector is calculated by finding the average value of the above matrix. This is
shown in Equation 2.6.
Equation 2.6. Deck design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Oresund Link
𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = (5.25 + 5.73 + 5 + 3.86 + 5.43)
5= 5.05
The CI can now be calculated (Equation 2.7).
Equation 2.7. Deck design option Consistency Index, the Oresund Link
𝐶𝐼 =5.05 − 5
5 − 1= 0.01
Using Table 2.7. and the calculated CI value, the CR can now be determined (Equation 2.8.)
Equation 2.8. Deck design option Consistency Ratio, the Oresund Link
𝐶𝑅 =0.01
1.12= 0.01
As the CR value is less than 0.1, the weighting value choices are deemed consistent and therefore, the
values can be used in scoring the sub-indicators.
Scoring of each sub-indicator for each design option is done using a 0-10 point scale. The higher the
value, the better the sustainability. The score value has been determined by the author, based on
extensive data & research of the Oresund Link itself as well as other similar examples. The segregation
of the scores is shown in Table 2.8.
Page | 63
The consideration of temperature change (SI.1.) has been given a score of 8.0 for the actual deck design
compared to a score of 9.0 for the alternative option. This is due to the calculation of maximum deck
expansion over the bridges life-cycle of 2540mm (Hughes, 2010). This value was greatly influenced by
the flexibility of steel in different temperatures. If the alternative deck design was chosen, there would
be no steel truss system and the expansion value would be a lot less, reducing the risk of failure.
The consideration of rainfall increase (SI.2.) has been given a score of 6.0 for both designs. This is
because sufficient drainage measures have been taken to allow for surface water runoff volumes for
high rainfall events, including allowing water runoff at bridge nodes which in turn avoids steel corrosion.
(Hughes, 2010). However, no literature can be found to suggest that runoff water is at all filtered before
it flows into the sea. This has a slight negative environmental impact due to a small percentage of
contaminants picked up from the road way going into the sea. Over the bridge’s lifetime and with
expected rainfall increase, this could have a larger negative impact on the marine ecology. Both design
options would have the same drainage systems and therefore, score the same.
The direct cost (SI.3.) has been given a score of 8.5 for the actual deck design compared to a score of 9.0
for the alternative design. This is because the alternative option would most likely prove to be cheaper
due to the lack of steel. However, the pillars & deck would need to be larger/wider which would add to
the cost.
The visual impact (SI.4.) has been given a score of 8.5 for the actual deck design compared to a score of
9.5 for the alternative design. This is because it is of Shrubhall’s opinion, that cable-stayed bridges look
Table 2.8. Direct indicator score levels (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 64
better proportionally with thinner decks and larger piers which is not the case for the Oresund Bridge
and so it is marked down slightly (Shrubshall, 2000). All other areas of both designs would conform to
the rest of Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics.
The consideration of traffic congestion increase (SI.5.) has been given a score of 9.5 for the actual deck
design compared to a score of 6.5 for the alternative design. This is because there are different, cheaper
options for the actual deck design is extra road/rail lanes would need to be added. Widening the truss
would be able to hold two extra road lanes as well as add rail lanes underneath. Whereas, a one-level
deck would be wide enough as it is and if extra lanes were to be put in, the pillars would need to be
extended as well, which is a very pricey process.
A breakdown of the scores is shown in Table 2.9. below.
Table 2.9. Score breakdown, deck design options, the Oresund Link
Actual deck design Alternative deck design
SI.1. 8.0 9.0
SI.2. 6.0 6.0
SI.3. 8.5 9.0
SI.4. 8.5 9.5
SI.5. 9.5 6.5
Each score is then multiplied by its appropriate weighting & the total score for each design option is
calculated. This is shown in Table 2.10.
Page | 65
Table 2.10. Weighted scores, deck design options, the Oresund Link
Actual deck design score Alternative deck design score
SI.1. 8.0 x 0.08 9.0 x 0.08
SI.2. 6.0 x 0.37 6.0 x 0.37
SI.3. 8.5 x 0.06 9.0 x 0.06
SI.4. 8.5 x 0.28 9.5 x 0.28
SI.5. 9.5 x 0.21 6.5 x 0.21
Total score 7.75 7.51
From Table 2.10. it can be said that the actual deck design (multi-level) received a higher overall
sustainability score for the chosen sub-indicators and is therefore, the more sustainable design.
2.6.2. – Pairwise comparison of the Oresund Link cable system design
Four sub-indicators have been deemed the most significant for the cable system design options and will
be assessed. These sub-indicators are: direct cost, health & safety, visual impact & amount of CO2
produced. Table 2.11. shows these sub-indicators and their corresponding reference numbers.
Table 2.11. Cable system design option sub-indicators, the Oresund Link
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4.
Direct cost Health & safety Visual impact Amount of CO2
produced
The results of the nine-point scale have been determined by the author and are shown in comparison
matrix format below along with the sum value of each column.
Page | 66
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4.
SI.1. 1 5 2 1/2
SI.2. 1/5 1 1/8 1/4
SI.3. 1/2 8 1 2
SI.4. 2 4 1/2 1
Total 37/10 18 29/8 15/4
The pre-normalised values are shown below.
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. Total
SI.1. 1 ÷ 37/10 5 ÷ 18 2 ÷ 29/8 1/2 ÷ 15/4 1.23
SI.2. 1/5 ÷ 37/10 1 ÷ 18 1/8 ÷ 29/8 1/4 ÷ 15/4 0.21
SI.3. 1/2 ÷ 37/10 8 ÷ 18 1 ÷ 29/8 2 ÷ 15/4 1.39
SI.4. 2 ÷ 37/10 4 ÷ 18 1/2 ÷ 29/8 1 ÷ 15/4 1.17
The values are normalised and form the priority matrix, shown in Equation 2.9. below.
[
1.230.211.391.17
] ÷ 4 = [
0.310.050.350.29
]
The priority matrix is multiplied by the comparison matrix. This is shown in Equation 2.10. below.
Equation 2.10. Cable system design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Oresund Link
[
11/51/22
5184
21/81
1/2
1/21/421
] 𝑥 [
0.310.050.350.29
] = [
1.260.160.911.00
]
Equation 2.9. Cable system design option weighting normalisation, the Oresund Link
Page | 67
The 2nd step of the principle eigenvector calculation is shown in Equation 2.11.
Equation 2.11. Cable system design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Oresund Link
[
1.26 ÷ 0.310.16 ÷ 0.050.91 ÷ 0.351.00 ÷ 0.29
] = [
4.063.202.603.45
]
The principle eigenvector is calculated in Equation 2.12.
Equation 2.12. Cable system design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Oresund Link
𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = (4.06 + 3.20 + 2.60 + 3.45)
4= 3.33
The CI is calculated (Equation 2.13).
Equation 2.13. Cable system design option Consistency Index, the Oresund Link
𝐶𝐼 =3.33 − 4
4 − 1= −0.22
Using Table 2.7. and the calculated CI value, the CR can now be determined (Equation 2.14.)
Equation 2.14. Cable system design option Consistency Ratio, the Oresund Link
𝐶𝑅 =−0.22
0.9= −0.24
As the CR value is less than 0.1, the weighting value choices are deemed consistent and therefore, the
values can be used in scoring the sub-indicators.
The sub-indicators for each design option are now scored on the 1-10 point scale.
The direct cost (SI.1.) has been given a score of 9.0 for the actual cable system design compared to a
score of 7.5 for the alternative option. This is due to the fact that a suspension bridge would most
probably cost a fair bit more to construct than the actual design option of cable stayed. This is because
of the two anchor points which would need to be constructed for the suspension cables. In addition, a
suspension bridge is generally too flexible for the movement specifications of the railway and therefore,
extra costs would be spent of strengthening/stiffening the bridge deck in order to comply.
Page | 68
The H&S (SI.2.) has been given a score of .95 for the actual cable system design compared to a score of
8.0 for the alternative option. This is because the anchor points required by a suspension bridge create
additional collision points for ships. In addition, cable-stayed bridges are generally easier and therefore,
safer in the maintenance process.
The visual impact (SI.3.) has been given a score of 9.0 for the actual cable system design compared to a
score of 9.5 for the alternative design. This is because both options conform fully to Leonhardt’s 10 rules
of aesthetics. However, on average more people prefer the look of suspension bridges to cable-stayed
(Hughes, 2010).
The amount of CO2 produced (SI.4.) has been given a score of 8.0 for the actual cable system design
compared to a score of 7.5 for the alternative design. This is because the suspension bridge option
would use more materials for the anchor points and cables themselves. Therefore, more CO2 will be
produced in the production process of the materials.
A breakdown of the scores is shown in Table 2.12. below.
Table 2.12. Score breakdown, cable system design options, the Oresund Link
Actual cable system design
score
Alternative cable system design
score
SI.1. 9.0 7.5
SI.2. 9.5 8.0
SI.3. 9.0 9.5
SI.4. 8.0 7.5
Total weighted scores are shown in Table 2.13.
Page | 69
Table 2.13. Weighted scores, cable system design options, the Oresund Link
Actual cable system design
score
Alternative cable system design
score
SI.1. 9.0 x 0.31 7.5 x 0.31
SI.2. 9.5 x 0.05 8.0 x 0.05
SI.3. 9.0 x 0.35 9.5 x 0.35
SI.4. 8.0 x 0.29 7.5 x 0.29
Total score 8.74 8.23
From Table 2.13. it can be said that the actual cable system design (cable-stayed) received a higher
overall sustainability score for the chosen sub-indicators and is therefore, the more sustainable design.
2.6.3. – Pairwise comparison of the Oresund Link concrete construction design
Seven sub-indicators have been deemed the most significant for the concrete construction design
options and will be assessed. These sub-indicators are: ecological impact, amount of CO2 produced,
direct cost, number of local jobs temporary/full-time, delay time, H&S and amount of waste recycled.
Table 2.14. shows these sub-indicators and their corresponding reference numbers.
Table 2.14. Concrete construction design option sub-indicators, the Oresund Link
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. SI.5. SI.6. SI.7.
Ecological
impact
Amount of
CO2
produced
Direct cost Number of
local jobs
temporary/full-
time
Delay
time
H&S Amount of
waste
recycled
The results of the nine-point scale have been determined by the author and are shown in comparison
matrix format below along with the sum value of each column.
Page | 70
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. SI.5. SI.6. SI.7.
SI.1. 1 1/3 1/2 1/6 1/4 2 1/5
SI.2. 3 1 3 1/2 1/2 5 2
SI.3. 2 1/3 1 1/3 1/3 5 1/4
SI.4. 6 2 3 1 1/2 8 1/2
SI.5. 4 2 3 2 1 7 1
SI.6. 1/2 1/5 1/5 1/8 1/7 1 8
SI.7. 5 1/2 4 2 1 1/8 1
Total 43/2 191/30 147/10 49/8 313/84 225/8 259/20
The pre-normalised values are shown below.
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. SI.5. SI.6. SI.7. Total
SI.1. 1 ÷ 43/2 1/3 ÷
191/30
1/2 ÷
147/10
1/6 ÷
49/8
1/4 ÷
313/84
2 ÷
225/8
1/5 ÷
259/20
0.31
SI.2. 3 ÷ 43/2 1 ÷
191/30
3 ÷
147/10
1/2 ÷
49/8
1/2 ÷
313/84
5 ÷
225/8
2 ÷
259/20
0.47
SI.3. 2 ÷ 43/2 1/3 ÷
191/30
1 ÷
147/10
1/3 ÷
49/8
1/3 ÷
313/84
5 ÷
225/8
1/4 ÷
259/20
0.55
SI.4. 6 ÷ 43/2 2 ÷
191/30
3 ÷
147/10 1 ÷ 49/8
1/2 ÷
313/84
8 ÷
225/8
1/2 ÷
259/20
1.42
SI.5. 4 ÷ 43/2 2 ÷
191/30
3 ÷
147/10 2 ÷ 49/8
1 ÷
313/84
7 ÷
225/8
1 ÷
259/20
1.63
SI.6. 1/2 ÷
43/2
1/5 ÷
191/30
1/5 ÷
147/10
1/8 ÷
49/8
1/7 ÷
313/84
1 ÷
225/8
8 ÷
259/20
0.78
SI.7. 5 ÷ 43/2 1/2 ÷
191/30
4 ÷
147/10 2 ÷ 49/8
1 ÷
313/84
1/8 ÷
225/8
1 ÷
259/20
1.26
The values are normalised and form the priority matrix, shown in Equation 2.15. below.
Page | 71
[ 0.310.470.551.421.630.781.26]
÷ 7 =
[ 0.040.070.080.200.230.110.18]
The priority matrix is multiplied by the comparison matrix. This is shown in Equation 2.16. below.
Equation 2.16. Concrete construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Oresund Link
[
13264
1/25
1/31
1/322
1/51/2
1/23133
1/54
1/61/21/312
1/82
1/41/21/31/21
1/71
255871
1/8
1/52
1/41/2181
]
𝑥
[ 0.040.070.080.200.230.110.18]
=
[ 0.080.260.342.112.790.641.71]
The 2nd step of the principle eigenvector calculation is shown in Equation 2.17.
Equation 2.17. Concrete construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Oresund Link
[ 0.08 ÷ 0.040.26 ÷ 0.070.34 ÷ 0.082.11 ÷ 0.202.79 ÷ 0.230.64 ÷ 0.111.71 ÷ 0.18]
=
[ 2.113.684.2110.5312.115.799.48 ]
The principle eigenvector is calculated in Equation 2.18.
Equation 2.18. Concrete construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Oresund Link
𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = (11.25 + 22.29 + 11.50 + 9.55 + 9.22 + 15.10 + 7.67)
7= 7.52
The CI is calculated (Equation 2.19).
Equation 2.19. Concrete construction design option Consistency Index, the Oresund Link
𝐶𝐼 =7.52 − 7
7 − 1= 0.09
Equation 2.15. Concrete construction design option weighting normalisation, the Oresund Link
Page | 72
Using Table 2.7. and the calculated CI value, the CR can now be determined (Equation 2.20.)
Equation 2.20. Concrete construction design option Consistency Ratio, the Oresund Link
𝐶𝑅 =0.09
1.32= 0.07
As the CR value is less than 0.1, the weighting value choices are deemed consistent and therefore, the
values can be used in scoring the sub-indicators.
The sub-indicators for each design option are now scored on the 1-10 point scale.
The ecological impact (SI.1.) has been given a score of 9.5 for the actual concrete construction design
compared to a score of 7.5 for the alternative option. This is due to the fact that pouring in-situ concrete
over the sea creates a huge and probable risk of concrete spilling/leaking into the sea. This kind of
contamination can kill fish directly as well as kill marine plant-life which feeds the fish which in turn
feeds the birds. Using pre-cast concrete mitigates this risk altogether.
The amount of CO2 produced (SI.2.) has been given a score of 9.5 for the actual concrete construction
design compared to a score of 9.0 for the alternative option. This is because if the concrete was to be
poured in-site, a lot of concrete would be needed all at one time which would come from several
batching plants both in the cities and outside. This additional transportation would produce more CO2
than using pre-case units which can be poured at a steady rate from fewer batching plants.
The direct cost (SI.3.) has been given a score of 7.5 for the actual concrete construction design
compared to a score of 9.0 for the alternative design. This is because pouring the concrete in-situ would
overall be cheaper due to the measures that had to be taken to produce & manoeuvre the pre-cast
units, in particular, the use of the heavy-lifting marine crane, Svanen.
The number of local jobs, temporary/full-time (SI.4.) has been given a score of 8.0 for the actual
concrete construction design compared to a score of 8.5 for the alternative design. This is because, as
previously mentioned, pouring the concrete in-situ would require several local batching plants & their
operatives. This would create more temporary jobs than the specialists needed for pre-cast
construction.
The delay time (SI.5.) has been given a score of 9.5 for the actual concrete construction design
compared to a score of 8.5 for the alternative design. This is because the in-situ concrete needs around
Page | 73
30 days to properly cure (especially in the hazardous weather conditions) and therefore, would slow
construction time which would in turn create more transport delay time in the end.
The H&S (SI.6.) has been given a score of 9.0 for the actual concrete construction design compared to a
score of 9.5 for the alternative design. This is because the manoeuvring of the heavy pre-cast units in
the hazardous weather conditions created new risks which would not be present for in-situ
construction.
The amount of waste recycled (SI.7.) has been given a score of 9.5 for the actual concrete construction
design compared to a score of 8.0 for the alternative design. This is because in general, the use of pre-
cast construction reduced waste of concrete as it is poured at a more controlled rate. In fact, on
average, in-situ construction has around 50% more waste than pre-cast (wrap, 2016).
A breakdown of the scores is shown in Table 2.15. below.
Table 2.15. Score breakdown, concrete construction design options, the Oresund Link
Actual concrete construction
design score
Alternative concrete
construction design score
SI.1. 9.5 7.5
SI.2. 9.5 9.0
SI.3. 7.5 9.0
SI.4. 8.0 8.5
SI.5. 9.5 8.5
SI.6. 9.0 9.5
SI.7. 9.5 8.0
Total weighted scores are shown in Table 2.16.
Page | 74
Table 2.16. Weighted scores, concrete construction design options, the Oresund Link
Actual cable system design
score
Alternative cable system design
score
SI.1. 9.5 x 0.04 7.5 x 0.04
SI.2. 9.5 x 0.07 9.0 x 0.07
SI.3. 7.5 x 0.08 9.0 x 0.08
SI.4. 8.0 x 0.20 8.5 x 0.20
SI.5. 9.5 x 0.23 8.5 x 0.23
SI.6. 9.0 x 0.11 9.5 x 0.11
SI.7. 9.5 x 0.18 8.0 x 0.18
Total score 8.13 7.79
From Table 2.16. it can be said that the actual concrete construction design (pre-case) received a higher
overall sustainability score for the chosen sub-indicators and is therefore, the more sustainable design.
2.6.4. – Pairwise comparison of the Oresund Link tunnel construction design
Four sub-indicators have been deemed the most significant for the tunnel construction design options
and will be assessed. These sub-indicators are: ecological impact, amount of waste re-used on site,
direct cost & consideration of traffic congestion increase. Table 2.17. shows these sub-indicators and
their corresponding reference numbers.
Table 2.17. Tunnel construction design option sub-indicators, the Oresund Link
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4.
Ecological impact Amount of waste
re-used on site
Direct cost Consideration of
traffic congestion
increase
Page | 75
The results of the nine-point scale have been determined by the author and are shown in comparison
matrix format below along with the sum value of each column.
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4.
SI.1. 1 1/4 1/2 1/2
SI.2. 4 1 5 3
SI.3. 2 1/5 1 1/2
SI.4. 2 1/3 2 1
Total 9 107/60 17/2 5
The pre-normalised values are shown below.
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. Total
SI.1. 1 ÷ 9 1/4 ÷ 107/60 1/2 ÷ 17/2 1/2 ÷ 5 0.41
SI.2. 4 ÷ 9 1 ÷ 107/60 5 ÷ 17/2 3 ÷ 5 2.19
SI.3. 2 ÷ 9 1/5 ÷ 107/60 1 ÷ 17/2 1/2 ÷ 5 0.55
SI.4. 2 ÷ 9 1/3 ÷ 107/60 2 ÷ 17/2 1 ÷ 5 0.84
The values are normalised and form the priority matrix, shown in Equation 2.21. below.
[
0.412.190.550.84
] ÷ 4 = [
0.100.550.140.21
]
The priority matrix is multiplied by the comparison matrix. This is shown in Equation 2.22. below.
Equation 2.21. Tunnel construction design option weighting normalisation, the Oresund Link
Page | 76
Equation 2.22. Tunnel construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Oresund Link
[
1422
1/41
1/51/3
1/2512
1/23
1/21
] 𝑥 [
0.100.550.140.21
] = [
0.175.081.390.74
]
The 2nd step of the principle eigenvector calculation is shown in Equation 2.23.
Equation 2.23. Tunnel construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Oresund Link
[
0.17 ÷ 0.105.08 ÷ 0.551.39 ÷ 0.140.74 ÷ 0.21
] = [
1.689.242.353.53
]
The principle eigenvector is calculated in Equation 2.24.
Equation 2.24. Tunnel construction design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Oresund Link
𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = (1.68 + 9.24 + 2.35 + 3.53)
4= 4.20
The CI is calculated (Equation 2.25).
Equation 2.25. Tunnel construction design option Consistency Index, the Oresund Link
𝐶𝐼 =4.20 − 4
4 − 1= 0.07
Using Table 2.7. and the calculated CI value, the CR can now be determined (Equation 2.26.)
Equation 2.26. Tunnel construction design option Consistency Ratio, the Oresund Link
𝐶𝑅 =0.07
0.9= 0.07
As the CR value is less than 0.1, the weighting value choices are deemed consistent and therefore, the
values can be used in scoring the sub-indicators.
The sub-indicators for each design option are now scored on the 1-10 point scale.
The ecological impact (SI.1.) has been given a score of 6.0 for the actual tunnel construction design
compared to a score of 7.5 for the alternative option. This is due to the fact that a bored tunnel would
for the most part, dredge underneath the seabed as opposed to the immersed tunnel which required
Page | 77
the digging of a 4km trench through the seabed. Even though the release of sediment was kept to a
minimum, a lot of ecology would have been destroyed.
The amount of waste re-used on site (SI.2.) has been given a score of 9.0 for the actual tunnel
construction design compared to a score of 9.5 for the alternative option. This is because both methods
would have dredged up the Copenhagen Limestone which was used to build the artificial island but the
boring method would have dredged a fair bit more material and therefore, would reduce the amount of
material that had to be procured.
The direct cost (SI.3.) has been given a score of 8.0 for the actual tunnel construction design compared
to a score of 6.5 for the alternative design. This is because of the difficulties found in dredging the
especially strong Copenhagen Limestone during the project. Although, boring tunnels in on average, the
cheaper option (lensim.co.rs, 2016), it would be especially expensive to procure a boring machine that
could dredge the limestone. It would also most probably break down underground which would prove
very expensive to fix.
The consideration of traffic congestion increase (SI.4.) has been given a score of 8.5 for the actual tunnel
construction design compared to a score of 7.5 for the alternative design. This is because the immersion
method allows for the much more economical rectangular cross-section shape as opposed to the boring
method which is limited to circular. It is easier to allow for extra lanes in a rectangular shape tunnel as
opposed to a circular one.
A breakdown of the scores is shown in Table 2.18. below.
Table 2.18. Score breakdown, tunnel construction design options, the Oresund Link
Actual tunnel construction
design score
Alternative tunnel construction
design score
SI.1. 6.0 7.5
SI.2. 9.0 9.5
SI.3. 8.0 6.5
SI.4. 8.5 7.5
Page | 78
Total weighted scores are shown in Table 2.19.
Table 2.19. Weighted scores, tunnel construction design options, the Oresund Link
Actual tunnel construction
design score
Alternative tunnel construction
design score
SI.1. 6.0 x 0.10 7.5 x 0.10
SI.2. 9.0 x 0.55 9.5 x 0.55
SI.3. 8.0 x 0.14 6.5 x 0.14
SI.4. 8.5 x 0.21 7.5 x 0.21
Total score 8.45 8.46
From Table 2.19. it can be said that the alternative tunnel construction design (bored) received a higher
overall sustainability score (although it is very close) for the chosen sub-indicators and is therefore, the
more sustainable design.
2.6.5. – Pairwise comparison of the Oresund Link centre span design
Three sub-indicators have been deemed the most significant for the centre span design options and will
be assessed. These sub-indicators are: direct cost, H&S & visual impact. Table 2.20. shows these sub-
indicators and their corresponding reference numbers.
Table 2.20. Centre span design option sub-indicators, the Oresund Link
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3.
Direct cost H&S Visual impact
The results of the nine-point scale have been determined by the author and are shown in comparison
matrix format below along with the sum value of each column.
Page | 79
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3.
SI.1. 1 5 1/2
SI.2. 1/5 1 1/8
SI.3. 2 8 1
Total 16/5 14 13/8
The pre-normalised values are shown below.
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. Total
SI.1. 1 ÷ 16/5 5 ÷ 14 1/2 ÷ 13/8 0.98
SI.2. 1/5 ÷ 16/5 1 ÷ 14 1/8 ÷ 13/8 0.21
SI.3. 2 ÷ 16/5 8 ÷ 14 1 ÷ 13/8 1.81
The values are normalised and form the priority matrix, shown in Equation 2.27. below.
[0.980.211.81
] ÷ 3 = [0.330.070.60
]
The priority matrix is multiplied by the comparison matrix. This is shown in Equation 2.28. below.
Equation 2.28. Centre span design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Oresund Link
[1 5 1/2
1/5 1 1/82 8 1
] 𝑥 [0.330.070.60
] = [0.980.043.25
]
The 2nd step of the principle eigenvector calculation is shown in Equation 2.29.
Equation 2.27. Centre span design option weighting normalisation, the Oresund Link
Page | 80
Equation 2.29. Centre span design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Oresund Link
[0.98 ÷ 0.330.04 ÷ 0.073.25 ÷ 0.60
] = [2.980.635.42
]
The principle eigenvector is calculated in Equation 2.30.
Equation 2.30. Centre span design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Oresund Link
𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = (2.98 + 0.63 + 5.42)
3= 3.01
The CI is calculated (Equation 2.31).
Equation 2.31. Centre span design option Consistency Index, the Oresund Link
𝐶𝐼 =3.01 − 3
3 − 1= 0.01
Using Table 2.7. and the calculated CI value, the CR can now be determined (Equation 2.32.)
Equation 2.32. Centre span design option Consistency Ratio, the Oresund Link
𝐶𝑅 =0.01
0.58= 0.02
As the CR value is less than 0.1, the weighting value choices are deemed consistent and therefore, the
values can be used in scoring the sub-indicators.
The sub-indicators for each design option are now scored on the 1-10 point scale.
The direct cost (SI.1.) has been given a score of 9.5 for the actual centre span design compared to a
score of 9.0 for the alternative option. This is due to the fact that the arch span would most probably be
slightly more expensive than the actual design of the 4 pillars. This is purely due to the fact that the arch
would be made from hollow steel tubing which would have been especially pre-fabricated in order to
also take the strain from the cables.
The H&S (SI.2.) has been given a score of 9.5 for the actual centre span design compared to a score of
8.0 for the alternative option. This is because as the arch grades down to the piers at either end of the
centre span, it would reduce the clearance height and create additional points for ships to collide.
Page | 81
The visual impact (SI.3.) has been given a score of 9.5 for the actual centre span design compared to a
score of 8.5 for the alternative design. This is because the arch design would not conform to certain
aspects of Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics such as proportion & refinement.
A breakdown of the scores is shown in Table 2.21. below.
Table 2.21. Score breakdown, centre span design options, the Oresund Link
Actual centre span design score Alternative centre span design
score
SI.1. 9.5 9.0
SI.2. 9.5 8.0
SI.3. 9.5 8.5
Total weighted scores are shown in Table 2.22.
Table 2.22. Weighted scores, centre span design options, the Oresund Link
Actual centre span design score Alternative centre span design
score
SI.1. 9.5 x 0.33 9.0 x 0.33
SI.2. 9.5 x 0.07 8.0 x 0.07
SI.3. 9.5 x 0.60 8.5 x 0.60
Total score 9.5 8.63
From Table 2.22. it can be said that the actual centre span design (four pillars) received a higher overall
sustainability score for the chosen sub-indicators and is therefore, the more sustainable design.
Page | 82
2.7. – Stage 7-Normalised indicator assessment for ‘Complex Bridge
Sustainability Assessment’, the Oresund Link
The Oresund Link is then assessed on an overall basis of sustainability. The weighting method in Chapter
2.3. is different to that in Chapter 2.6. due to the fact that for pairwise comparison (Chapter 2.6.) the
sub-indicators are in direct comparison as opposed to an overall sustainability assessment which is
similar to that used in the NRBSA (Serpell, 2015). The relevant data which has been compiled [Appendix
1] is assessed & normalised using the scaled scoring method. Each sub-indicator will be scored on the
five-point Linkert Scale which ranges through that sub-indicators sustainability performance. The five
performance scores are: Very Poor Performance (VPP), Poor Performance (PP), Average (A), Good
Performance (GP) & Very Good Performance (VGP). These results will later be weighted and tabulated in
Chapter 2.8.
A template of the tabulated Linkert Scale that will be used in normalising the data is shown in Table
2.23.
Table 2.23. Normalisation table template
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range
2.7.1. – Normalisation of environmental indicators, the Oresund Link
Ecological impact
‘The direct cost of measures taken to preserve ecology’ comes to approximately £24,300,000 [Appendix
1.1.1].
Table 2.24. shows the data normalisation for ‘the direct cost of measures taken to preserve ecology’.
Page | 83
Table 2.24. Normalisation table for ‘the direct measures taken to preserve ecology’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0-£100 £101 - £5000 £5001 -
£1,000,000
£1,000,001 -
£5,000,000
>£5,000,000
From Table 2.24, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘the direct measures to preserve ecology’ has
scored VGP.
‘The direct saving from taking prevention measures’ comes to approximately £200,051,000 [Appendix
1.1.1].
Table 2.25. shows the data normalisation for ‘the direct saving from taking prevention measures’.
Table 2.25. Normalisation table for ‘the direct saving from taking prevention measures’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0-£10,000 £10,001 -
£50,000
£50,001 -
£2,000,000
£2,000,001 -
£20,000,000
>£20,000,000
From Table 2.25, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘the direct saving from taking prevention
measures’ has scored VGP.
‘The direct cost of unforeseen ecological impact’ comes to £0 [Appendix 1.1.1].
Table 2.26. shows the data normalisation for ‘the direct cost of unforeseen ecological impact’.
Table 2.26. Normalisation table for ‘the direct cost of unforeseen ecological impact’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£50,0000 £20,001 -
£50,000
£1001 -
£20,000
£1 - £1000 £0
Page | 84
From Table 2.26, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘the direct cost of unforeseen ecological impact’
has scored VGP.
Energy use
‘Amount of CO2 produced’ comes to approximately 29,935Ggrms [Appendix 1.1.2].
Table 2.27. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of CO2 produced’.
Table 2.27. Normalisation table for ‘amount of CO2 produced’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >50,000Ggrms 10,001Ggrms
–
50,000Ggrms
3001Ggrms –
10,000Ggrms
1501Ggrms –
3000Ggrms
0Ggrms –
1500Ggrms
From Table 2.27, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of CO2 produced’ has scored PP.
‘Energy saved’ comes to 0Gg [Appendix 1.1.2].
Table 2.28. shows the data normalisation for ‘energy saved’.
Table 2.28. Normalisation table for ‘energy saved’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0Gg 1Gg – 5Gg 6Gg – 1000Gg 1001Gg –
5000Gg
>5000Gg
From Table 2.28, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘energy saved’ has scored VPP.
Waste management
‘Amount of waste send directly to landfill’ comes to 0t [Appendix 1.1.3].
Table 2.29. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of waste sent directly to landfill’.
Page | 85
Table 2.29. Normalisation table for ‘amount of waste sent directly to landfill’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >10,000t 5001t –
10,000t
501t – 5000t 1t – 500t 0t
From Table 2.29, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of waste sent directly to landfill’ has
scored VGP.
‘Amount of waste recycled’ comes to approximately 1,600,000t [Appendix 1.1.3].
Table 2.30. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of waste recycled’.
Table 2.30. Normalisation table for ‘amount of waste recycled’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0t 1t – 500t 501t – 2000t 2001t – 5000t >5000t
From Table 2.30, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of waste recycled’ has scored VGP.
‘Amount of waste re-used on site’ comes to approximately 200kt [Appendix 1.1.3].
Table 2.31. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of waste re-used on site’.
Table 2.31. Normalisation table for ‘amount of waste re-used on site’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0t 1t – 300t 301t – 1000t 1001t – 3000t >3000t
From Table 2.31, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of waste re-used on site’ has scored
VGP.
Page | 86
Land use
‘Amount of free land used’ comes to approximately 7570ha [Appendix 1.1.4].
Table 2.32. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of free land used’.
Table 2.32. Normalisation table for ‘amount of free land used’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0ha-1ha 2ha – 100ha 101ha –
1000ha
1001ha –
3000ha
>3000ha
From Table 2.32, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of free land used’ has scored VGP.
‘Amount of pre-occupied land used’ comes to approximately 410ha [Appendix 1.1.4].
Table 2.33. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of pre-occupied land used’.
Table 2.33. Normalisation table for ‘amount of pre-occupied land used’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >3000ha 1001ha –
3000ha
101ha –
1000ha
2ha – 100ha 0ha – 1ha
From Table 2.33, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of pre-occupied land used’ has scored
A.
Natural material used
‘Amount of natural material used’ comes to approximately 200kt [Appendix 1.1.5].
Table 2.34. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of natural material used’.
Page | 87
Table 2.34. Normalisation table for ‘amount of natural material used’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0t 1t – 500t 501t – 5000t 5001t –
10,000t
>10,000t
From Table 2.34, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of natural material used’ has scored
VGP.
Consideration of environmental climate change
‘Consideration of sea level rise’ has been noted as considered [Appendix 1.1.6].
There is no in-between in assessing such an indicator & therefore, it scores either VGP or VPP depending
on whether it has been considered or not. Table 2.35. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration
of sea level rise’.
Table 2.35. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of sea level rise’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not
considered
- - - Considered
From Table 2.35, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of sea level rise’ has scored VGP.
‘Consideration of temperature change’ has been noted as considered [Appendix 1.1.6].
Table 2.36. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration of temperature change’.
Table 2.36. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of temperature change’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not
considered
- - - Considered
Page | 88
From Table 2.36, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of temperature change’ has
scored VGP.
‘Consideration of rainfall increase’ has been noted as considered [Appendix 1.1.6].
Table 2.37. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration of rainfall increase’.
Table 2.37. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of rainfall increase’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not
considered
- - - Considered
From Table 2.37, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of rainfall increase’ has scored
VGP.
2.7.2. – Normalisation of economic indicators, the Oresund Link
Economic impact
‘Direct cost’ comes to approximately £3,970,000,000. [Appendix 1.2.1].
Table 2.38. shows the data normalisation for ‘direct cost’.
Table 2.38. Normalisation table for ‘direct cost’, the Oresund Link
Sustainabilit
y score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£20,000,000,00
0
£10,000,000,00
1 -
£20,000,000,00
0
£5,000,000,001
-
£10,000,000,00
0
£1,000,000,00
1 -
£5,000,000,00
0
£0 -
£1,000,000,00
0
From Table 2.38, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘direct cost’ has scored GP.
‘Indirect cost’ comes to approximately £175,000,000. [Appendix 1.2.1].
Table 2.39. shows the data normalisation for ‘indirect cost’.
Page | 89
Table 2.39. Normalisation table for ‘indirect cost’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£500,000,000 £200,000,001-
£500,000,000
£10,000,001-
£200,000,000
£5,000,001-
£10,000,000
£0 -
£5,000,000
From Table 2.39, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘indirect cost’ has scored A.
‘Direct income’ comes to approximately £18,500,000. [Appendix 1.2.1].
Table 2.40. shows the data normalisation for ‘direct income’.
Table 2.40. Normalisation table for ‘direct income’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 £1 -
£1,500,000
£1,500,001-
£18,000,000
£18,000,001 -
£30,000,000
>£30,000,000
From Table 2.40, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘direct income’ has scored A.
‘Indirect income’ comes to approximately £56,500,000,000. [Appendix 1.2.1].
Table 2.41. shows the data normalisation for ‘indirect income’.
Table 2.41. Normalisation table for ‘indirect income’, the Oresund Link
Sustainabilit
y score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 -
£500,000,00
0
£500,000,001
-
£1,000,000,00
0
£1,000,000,001
-
£50,000,000,00
0
£50,000,000,00
1 -
£100,000,000,0
00
>£100,000,000,0
00
From Table 2.41, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘indirect income’ has scored GP.
Page | 90
Employment
‘Number of local jobs, permanent full-time’ comes to approximately 202. [Appendix 1.2.2].
Table 2.42. shows the data normalisation for ‘number of local jobs, permanent full-time’.
Table 2.42. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, permanent full-time’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0 1 - 10 11 - 200 201 - 500 >500
From Table 2.42, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘number of local jobs, permanent full-time’ has
scored GP.
‘Number of local jobs, permanent part-time’ comes to approximately 100. [Appendix 1.2.2].
Table 2.43. shows the data normalisation for ‘number of local jobs, permanent part-time’.
Table 2.43. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, permanent part-time’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0 1 - 5 6 - 100 101 - 300 >300
From Table 2.43, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘number of local jobs, permanent part-time’ has
scored A.
‘Number of local jobs, temporary full-time’ comes to approximately 5604. [Appendix 1.2.2].
Table 2.44. shows the data normalisation for ‘number of local jobs, temporary full-time’.
Page | 91
Table 2.44. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, temporary full-time’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0 1 - 1000 1001 – 10,000 10,001 –
30,000
>30,000
From Table 2.44, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘number of local jobs, temporary full-time’ has
scored A.
Economic risk
‘Direct cost of insurance taken out’ comes to approximately £100,000,000. [Appendix 1.2.3].
Table 2.45. shows the data normalisation for ‘direct cost of insurance taken out’.
Table 2.45. Normalisation table for ‘direct cost of insurance taken out’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor practise Average Good
practise
Very good
practise
Data range >£100,000,000 £10,000,001
-
£100,000,000
£50,001 -
£10,000,000
£10,001 -
£50,000
£0 - £10,000
From Table 2.45, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘direct cost of insurance taken out’ has scored
PP.
‘Direct saving from insured events occurring’ comes to approximately £158,000,000. [Appendix 1.2.3].
Table 2.46. shows the data normalisation for ‘direct saving from insured events occurring’.
Table 2.46. Normalisation table for ‘direct saving from insured events occurring’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 - £10,000 £10,001 -
£50,000
£50,001 -
£10,000,000
£10,000,001 -
£100,000,000
>£100,000,000
Page | 92
From Table 2.46, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘direct saving from insured events occurring’ has
scored VGP.
‘Direct saving from insured not taken out’ comes to approximately £8,860,000. [Appendix 1.2.3].
Table 2.47. shows the data normalisation for ‘direct saving from insured not taken out’.
Table 2.47. Normalisation table for ‘direct saving from insured not taken out’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 - £1,000,000 £1,000,001
-
£50,000,000
£50,000,001 -
£200,000,000
£200,000,001
-
£700,000,000
>£700,000,000
From Table 2.47, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘direct saving from insured not taken out’ has
scored PP.
‘Direct cost from uninsured event occurring’ comes to approximately £21,300,000. [Appendix 1.2.3].
Table 2.48. shows the data normalisation for ‘direct cost from uninsured event occurring’.
Table 2.48. Normalisation table for ‘direct cost from uninsured event occurring’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£700,000,000 £200,000,001
-
£700,000,000
£50,000,001 -
£200,000,000
£1,000,001 -
£50,000,000
£0 -
£1,000,000
From Table 2.48, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘direct cost from uninsured event occurring’ has
scored GP.
Financial investment
‘Investment from local sources’ comes to approximately £4,040,000. [Appendix 1.2.4].
Table 2.49. shows the data normalisation for ‘investment from local sources’.
Page | 93
Table 2.49. Normalisation table for ‘investment from local sources’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£10,000,000 £5,000,001
-
£10,000,000
£500,001 -
£5,000,000
£1 - £500,000 £0
From Table 2.49, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘investment from local sources’ has scored A.
‘Investment from non-local sources’ comes to approximately £2,100,000,000. [Appendix 1.2.4].
Table 2.50. shows the data normalisation for ‘investment from non-local sources’.
Table 2.50. Normalisation table for ‘investment from non-local sources’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 -
£10,000,000
£10,000,001
-
£100,000,000
£100,000,001 -
£1,000,000,000
£1,000,000,001
-
£5,000,000,000
>£5,000,000,000
From Table 2.50, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘investment from non-local sources’ has scored
GP.
2.7.3. – Normalisation of social indicators, the Oresund Link
Health & Wellbeing
‘Noise impact’ comes to approximately 33.57db. [Appendix 1.3.1].
Table 2.51. shows the data normalisation for ‘noise impact.
Table 2.51. Normalisation table for ‘noise impact’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >75db 56db –
75db
31db - 55db 21db – 30db 0db – 20db
Page | 94
From Table 2.51, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘noise impact’ has scored A.
‘Light pollution’ comes to approximately 20.9 mag/arcsec2. [Appendix 1.3.1].
Table 2.52. shows the data normalisation for ‘light pollution.
Table 2.52. Normalisation table for ‘light pollution’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range <19.4mag/arcsec2 19.4
mag/arcsec2
– 20.4
mag/arcsec2
20.5
mag/arcsec2 –
21.5
mag/arcsec2
21.6
mag/arcsec2 –
21.8
mag/arcsec2
>21.8
mag/arcsec2
From Table 2.52, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘light pollution’ has scored A.
‘Air quality’ comes to approximately 50% reduction of air pollutants. [Appendix 1.3.1].
Table 2.53. shows the data normalisation for ‘air quality’.
Table 2.53. Normalisation table for ‘air quality’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >30% increase 21%
increase –
30%
increase
11% increase –
20% increase
0% increase –
10% increase
<0%
reduction
From Table 2.53, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘air quality’ has scored VGP.
Transport impact
‘Delay time’ is negligible. [Appendix 1.3.2].
Table 2.54. shows the data normalisation for ‘delay time’.
Page | 95
Table 2.54. Normalisation table for ‘delay time’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >20 mins 11 mins –
20 mins
6 mins – 10
mins
3 mins – 5
mins
0 mins – 2
mins
From Table 2.54, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘delay time’ has scored VGP.
‘Time saved’ comes to approximately 73mins. [Appendix 1.3.2].
Table 2.55. shows the data normalisation for ‘time saved’.
Table 2.55. Normalisation table for ‘time saved’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0 mins – 10 mins 11 mins –
25 mins
26 mins – 60
mins
61 mins – 90
mins
> 90 mins
From Table 2.55, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘time saved’ has scored GP.
Stakeholder engagement
‘Consideration of stakeholders’ has been noted as considered. [Appendix 1.3.3].
Table 2.56. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration of stakeholders’.
Table 2.56. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of stakeholders’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not considered - - - Considered
From Table 2.56, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of stakeholders’ has scored VGP.
‘Complaints/disputes’ is negligible. [Appendix 1.3.3].
Page | 96
Table 2.57. shows the data normalisation for ‘complaints/disputes’.
Table 2.57. Normalisation table for ‘complaints/disputes’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range > c/ds 21 c/ds –
35 c/ds
6 c/ds – 20
c/ds
1 c/ds – 5
c/ds
0 c/ds
From Table 2.57, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘complaints/disputes’ has scored VGP.
Health & Safety
‘Loss time due to accidents occurred’ comes to 4.4hrs. [Appendix 1.3.4].
Table 2.58. shows the data normalisation for ‘loss time due to accidents occurred’.
Table 2.58. Normalisation table for ‘loss time due to accidents occurred’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range > 48 hrs 25 hrs – 48
hrs
5 hrs – 24 hrs 3 hrs – 5 hrs 0 hrs – 2 hrs
From Table 2.58, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘time due to accidents occurred’ has scored GP.
Visual impact
‘Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics’ conforms to all 10 rules. [Appendix 1.3.5].
Table 2.59. shows the data normalisation for ‘Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics’.
Table 2.59. Normalisation table for ‘Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0 rules – 3
rules
4 rules – 5
rules
6 rules – 7
rules
8 rules – 9
rules
10 rules
Page | 97
From Table 2.59, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics’ has scored
VGP.
Equality
‘Impact of racial equality’ conforms to company policy. [Appendix 1.3.6].
Table 2.60. shows the data normalisation for ‘impact of racial equality’.
Table 2.60. Normalisation table for ‘impact of racial equality’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Doesn’t
conform
- - - Conforms
From Table 2.60, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘impact of racial equality’ has scored VGP.
‘Impact of gender equality’ conforms to company policy. [Appendix 1.3.6].
Table 2.61. shows the data normalisation for ‘impact of gender equality’.
Table 2.61. Normalisation table for ‘impact of gender equality’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Doesn’t
conform
- - - Conforms
From Table 2.61, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘impact of gender equality’ has scored VGP.
‘Impact of disability equality’ conforms to company policy. [Appendix 1.3.6].
Table 2.62. shows the data normalisation for ‘impact of disability equality’.
Page | 98
Table 2.62. Normalisation table for ‘impact of disability equality’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Doesn’t
conform
- - - Conforms
From Table 2.62, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘impact of disability equality’ has scored VGP.
‘Impact of age equality’ conforms to company policy. [Appendix 1.3.6].
Table 2.63. shows the data normalisation for ‘impact of age equality’.
Table 2.63. Normalisation table for ‘impact of age equality’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Doesn’t
conform
- - - Conforms
From Table 2.63, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘impact of age equality’ has scored VGP.
Educational impact
‘Cost of improvements to the educational sector’ comes to 7.9% increase in GDP spent. [Appendix
1.3.7].
Table 2.64. shows the data normalisation for ‘cost of improvements to the educational sector’.
Table 2.64. Normalisation table for ‘cost of improvements to the educational sector’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0% increase 1% increase
– 2%
increase
3% increase –
5% increase
6% increase –
7% increase
>7% increase
Page | 99
From Table 2.64, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘impact of racial equality’ has scored VGP.
Consideration of social climate change
‘Consideration of traffic congestion increase’ has been noted as considered. [Appendix 1.3.8].
Table 2.65. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration of traffic congestion increase’.
Table 2.65. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of traffic congestion increase’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not considered - - - Considered
From Table 2.65, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of traffic congestion increase’ has
scored VGP.
2.8. – Stage 8-Results for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the
Oresund Link
The results of the normalised indicator assessment are then compiled into a final table alongside their
respective weightings. Using this table, the sustainability scores for each sub-indicator, indicator,
sustainability pillar & finally overall project score can be broken down. This is shown in Table 2.66.
Table 2.66. Results table, the Oresund Link
Sust
pillar
Indic Sub-indic Non-
weight
sust score
Weight
factor
Weight
sust
score
Tot indic
weight
sust score
Tot pillar
weight
sust score
Env Ecological
impact
Cost of
pres meas
VGP 0.8 0.8VGP 0.9VGP 2.3VGP
Saving of
pres meas
VGP 0.85 0.85VGP
Page | 100
Cost of
impact
VGP 0.9 0.9VGP
Energy use CO2 PP 0.4 0.4PP 0.45VPP
Energy
saved
VPP 0.45 0.45VPP
Waste man Landfill VGP 0.40 0.40VGP 0.5VGP
Recycled VGP 0.45 0.45VGP
Re-used VGP 0.5 0.5VGP
Land use Free land VGP 0.65 0.6VGP 0.65A
Non-free
land
A 0.65 0.65A
Natural
material
Amount
used
VGP 0.3 0.3VGP 0.3VGP
Consider
Env Climate
Change
Sea level VGP 0.5 0.5VGP 0.6VGP
Temp VGP 0.6 0.6VGP
Rainfall VGP 0.6 0.6VGP
Econ
Economic
impact
Direct cost GP 0.9 0.9GP 0.95A 1.8GP
Indirect
cost
A 0.85 0.85A
Direct
income
A 0.9 0.95A
Indirect
income
GP 0.85 0.85GP
Employ Perm F/T GP 0.95 0.95GP 0.95GP
Perm P/T A 0.9 0.9A
Temp F/T A 0.85 0.85A
Cost insure PP 0.8 0.8PP 0.85GP
Page | 101
Economic
risk
Save event VGP 0.8 0.8VGP
Save insure PP 0.7 0.7PP
Cost event GP 0.85 0.85GP
Financial
investment
Local A 0.8 0.8A 0.8A
Non-local GP 0.75 0.75GP
Soc H&W Noise A 0.8 0.8A 0.85VGP 3.7VGP
Light A 0.35 0.35A
Air VGP 0.85 0.85VGP
Transport
impact
Delay VGP 0.9 0.9VGP 0.95GP
Time saved GP 0.95 0.95GP
Stake
Engage
Consider VGP 0.6 0.6VGP 0.6VGP
Complaints VGP 0.6 0.6VGP
H&S Loss time GP 0.65 0.65GP 0.65GP
Visual
impact
Leonhardt
rules
VGP 0.2 0.2VGP 0.2VGP
Equality Race VGP 0.35 0.35VGP 0.35VGP
Gender VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Disability VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Age VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Education GDP spent VGP 0.8 0.8VGP 0.8VGP
Soc Climate
Change
Congestion
increase
VGP 0.9 0.9VGP 0.9VGP
Overall
sust
score
6VGP
Page | 102
Analysis of the table shows the overall sustainability score for the Oresund Link is Very Good Practise. It
also shows that the project performed fairly well economically but excellently in regards to environment
& society considerations. Going by individual indicators, the project performed best in its ecological
impact, waste management, use of natural material, consideration of environmental climate change,
H&S, stakeholder engagement, visual impact, equality, educational improvements and consideration of
social climate change. The project too performed well in covering employment, economic risk, transport
impact and H&S. However, it performed very poorly in it’s use of energy.
2.9. – Stage 9-Visualisation for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the
Oresund Link
The scoring system is well represented by a ROSE plot visualisation wheel, namely the poorly scoring
areas. Measures that could be taken to improve the sustainability of these aspects include using
renewable energy services, reducing excessive energy use in construction & promoting sustainable
forms of transport such as cycling.
The ROSE plot is shown in Figure 2.10. The colours represent the individual scores of the sustainability
pillars, their respective indicators & sub-indicators. The colour of the centre circle represents the overall
project score.
Page | 103
Figure 2.10. CBSA ROSE plot, the Oresund Link
2.10. – Brief summary of Chapter 2
Chapter 2 consisted of the full CBSA assessment of the Oresund Link. This begun with an initial research
stage which provided an in-depth understanding of the needs & aspirations of the Oresund Region prior
to the bridges construction. This way, the assessor can establish a hierarchy of the most important
indicators for assessment which are weighted & aggregated accordingly.
Key
Very good
Good practise
Average
Poor practise
Very poor
practise
Economy
Page | 104
Next, the key design options are assessed against their alternative options. This way, it can be found out
whether the most sustainable options were chosen which would significantly affect the link’s overall
sustainability.
Finally, the link is assessed as a whole, in a similar fashion to that of the NRBSA model (Serpell, 2015). It
was eventually discovered that it scored excellently, especially in the areas of environmental & social
issues.
However, from the pairwise comparison of the key design options, it was discovered that the choice to
construct the tunnel section using the immersion method instead of the boring method was the least
sustainable option of the two. This was mainly due to the ecological impact created from dredging the
4.5km tunnel trench instead of boring underground, which would have affected less of the sea-life. In
addition, the boring method would have excavated more material which could have been used to fill the
artificial island, saving time & money.
This case study was helpful is assessing the sustainability of an existing bridge, but realistically, the
assessment should take place during the planning/design stage in order to use the results to design the
most sustainable project.
Page | 105
Chapter 3 – Case-study 2. The Solent Link
Chapter 3 will cover the original work of the assessment of a bridge in the design stage using the CBSA
model. The fact that the bridge is in the design stage is extremely useful as the model can help the
designers chose the most sustainable options for the bridge. Once the key design options have been
decided, there will be an outline design section for the link.
The bridge will be based in the Solent Region and will be the first direct connection for the Isle of Wight
to England. There has already been some very basic planning for the proposed bridge but has been put
aside. The BBC included it in an article titled ‘Could these five projects improve life in the UK?’ (BBC,
2013). Therefore, it is a viable option for assessment as it has the potential for fruition in the future.
Figure 3.1 shows a satellite image of the Isle of Wight as it is, without any crossings.
Figure 3.1. Isle of Wight satellite view (Google Maps, 2016)
Page | 106
3.1. – Stage 1-Initial research for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’,
the Solent Link
Firstly, the economic benefits of any crossing plans should be suitable. The fact that the Isle of Wight
does not already have a fixed link with the mainland has led to a dying local economy and the
introduction of one should warrant fairly substantial economic benefits to both the Isle of Wight & the
nearby English cites of Portsmouth & Southampton. Campaigner George Bristow believes the
introduction of a crossing would give the island a 30% increase in Gross Domestic Product (GDP) (BBC,
2013).
In addition, the proposals have been mainly welcomed by local residents. Frustration has been evident
regarding the price of ferry crossings. A return trip for two adults in a car can reach over £100 in high
season (BBC, 2013). The frustration is summed up well in a written letter to the Daily Telegraph. “Every
other island community in the British Isles which had the feasibility of a bridge has seen one built. Why
is there no bridge to the Isle of Wight?” (Baulf, 2011). Residents have even been open to the idea of
implementing a toll system on the crossing. It would help to pay for itself as well as potentially drive
down prices of the competing ferry companies (BBC, 2013). Not all residents are for the proposal. Some
believe that the ferry prices are fair. Some have also shown concerns of a crossing allowing Grey
Squirrels from the mainland invading the island and wiping out the Red Squirrel community (BBC, 2013).
Figure 3.2 shows a Red Squirrel which is currently almost non-existent on the mainland but still thrive on
the Isle of Wight.
Page | 107
As well as the shown concerns for the impact on the island’s Red Squirrels, there have been progress on
the adjacent marine environment becoming a conserved/protected area. The Southern Inshore Fisheries
and Conservation Authority (IFCA) want to preserve seagrass & rocky reef habitats through new by-laws
(BBC, 2014). These plans have been backed by the Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
(DEFRA) & the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB) (RSPB, 2014).
Figure 3.3 shows the to-be protected seagrass.
Figure 3.2. Red Squirrel (Whippey, 2012)
Figure 3.3. Seagrass (infectiousnew.com, 2012)
Page | 108
Plans have also been put forward to make the crossing a tunnel. This would be a more expensive option,
priced at around £1 billion but would mitigate the risk of squirrel invasion & crime increase (iwcp.co.uk,
2014). The crossing would be a rail link that would be roughly £10 return (iwcp.co.uk, 2014).
Using this information, a few areas of sustainability can be given higher priority in the assessment
process which will be highlighted in the weighting stage. These areas are mainly concerned with the
economic & ecological impacts as well the direct income from the crossing (toll price).
3.2. – Stage 2-Indicator selection for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’, the Solent Link
Following the initial research stage, a variety of relevant indicators & sub-indicators will be chosen for
assessment. All indicators will consider the entire life cycle of the Solent Link. These indicators will be
placed under the 3 pillars of sustainability: environment, economy & society. The breakdown of these
indicators are shown in Table 3.1.
Table 3.1. Indicator selection for 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Solent Link
Sustainability Pillar Indicator Sub-indicator
Environment Ecological Impact Direct cost of measures taken to preserve ecology
Direct saving from taking preservation measures
Energy use Estimated amount of CO2 produced
Energy saved
Waste management Estimated amount of waste sent directly to landfill
Estimated amount of waste recycled
Page | 109
Estimated amount of waste re-used on site
Land use Amount of free land used
Amount of pre-occupied land used
Water use Amount of water wasted
Amount of water saved
Amount of water recycled
Natural materials Amount of natural material used
Consideration of environmental climate change
Consideration of sea level rise
Consideration of temperature change
Consideration of rainfall increase
Economy Economic impact Estimated direct cost
Indirect cost
Estimated direct income
Estimated indirect income
Employment Number of local jobs, permanent full-time
Number of local jobs, permanent part-time
Number of local jobs, temporary full-time
Economic risk Estimated direct cost of insurance taken out
Estimated direct saving from insured event occurring
Direct saving from not taking insurance
Page | 110
Direct cost of uninsured event occurring
Financial investment Investment from local sources
Investment from non-local sources
Consideration of economic climate change
Consideration of possible economic crash
Society Health & wellbeing Noise impact
Light pollution
Vibration
Air quality
Transport impact Delay time
Time saved
Stakeholder engagement Consideration of stakeholders
Health & safety Risk assessment
Cultural heritage impact Cost of impact on listed structures
Cost of impact on protected land
Cost of impact on archaeological sites
Visual impact Leonhardt’s ’10 rules of aesthetics’
Community facilities Loss of revenue from parking metres
Loss of revenue from parking fines
Loss of revenue from other community facilities
Page | 111
Income generated from community facilities
Equality Impact of racial equality
Impact of gender equality
Impact of disability equality
Impact of age equality
Consideration of social climate change
Consideration of traffic congestion increase
3.3. – Stage 3-Indicator weighting for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’, the Solent Link
All the indicators mentioned in Chapter 3.2. will be weighted according to their significance to the
overall sustainability of the Solent region. The weighting is of the same method as used in Chapter 2.2.
The weightings are shown in Table 3.2.
Table 3.2. Indicator weighting for 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Solent Link
Sustainability Pillar Indicator Sub-indicator Weighting
Environment Ecological Impact Direct cost of measures taken to preserve ecology
0.90
Direct saving from taking preservation measures
0.95
Energy use Estimated amount of CO2 produced
0.40
Energy saved 0.45
Page | 112
Waste management Estimated amount of waste sent directly to landfill
0.40
Estimated amount of waste recycled
0.45
Estimated amount of waste re-used on site
0.50
Land use Amount of free land used
0.60
Amount of pre-occupied land used
0.65
Water use Amount of water wasted
0.15
Amount of water saved 0.10
Amount of water recycled
0.15
Natural materials Amount of natural material used
0.30
Consideration of environmental climate change
Consideration of sea level rise
0.80
Consideration of temperature change
0.70
Consideration of rainfall increase
0.70
Economy Economic impact Estimated direct cost 0.90
Indirect cost 0.85
Estimated direct income 0.95
Estimated indirect income
0.85
Employment Number of local jobs, permanent full-time
0.85
Number of local jobs, permanent part-time
0.80
Page | 113
Number of local jobs, temporary full-time
0.75
Economic risk Estimated direct cost of insurance taken out
0.80
Estimated direct saving from insured event occurring
0.80
Direct saving from insurance not taken out
0.70
Direct cost of uninsured event occurring
0.85
Financial investment Investment from local sources
0.80
Investment from non-local sources
0.75
Consideration of economic climate change
Consideration of possible economic crash
0.10
Society Health & wellbeing Noise impact 0.80
Light pollution 0.35
Vibration 0.15
Air quality 0.85
Transport impact Delay time 0.90
Time saved 0.95
Stakeholder engagement Consideration of stakeholders
0.75
Health & safety Risk assessment 0.65
Cultural heritage impact Cost of impact on listed structures
0.15
Cost of impact on protected land
0.15
Page | 114
Cost of impact on archaeological sites
0.15
Visual impact Leonhardt’s ’10 rules of aesthetics’
0.20
Community facilities Loss of revenue from parking metres
0.15
Loss of revenue from parking fines
0.15
Loss of revenue from other community facilities
0.10
Income generated from community facilities
0.15
Equality Impact of racial equality 0.35
Impact of gender equality
0.35
Impact of disability equality
0.35
Impact of age equality 0.35
Consideration of social climate change
Consideration of traffic congestion increase
0.90
3.4. – Stage 4-Indicator aggregation for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’, the Solent Link
The same minimum weighting value used in Chapter 2.4. will be used for the Solent Link’s assessment,
anything less than 0.20. This means the following indicators/sub-indicators have been aggregated:
amount of water saved, amount of water recycled, consideration of possible economic crash, vibration,
cultural heritage impact and community facilities.
These have been given such a low weighting value for the following reasons: the Solent Region does not
have a particular shortage of water, the possibility of economic crash affecting the Solent Link being so
Page | 115
low, there will be no vibration works powerful enough to affect nearby facilities, the lack of cultural
heritage on the development site and the lack of community facilities affected.
This now leaves 39 sub-indicators to be assessed for both the key design options and the Solent Link as a
whole.
3.5. – Stage 5- Identifying key design options for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’, the Solent Link
There are several key design choices that were made for the Solent Link which could affect its overall
sustainability. The CBSA model aims to assess these choices and their alternatives in order to find the
most sustainable option. These design options are shown in Table 3.3. All options have been put forward
by the author except for the choice between using a bridge or a tunnel which has been mentioned by
two Isle of Wight businessmen, Carl Feeney & Kevin Prince (iwcp.co.uk, 2014). The last three design
option comparisons are based on the choice of a bridge design instead of a tunnel.
Table 3.3. Key design options for the 'Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment', the Solent Link
De
sign
Op
tio
ns
Option 1 Option 2
Tunnel Bridge
Swing bridge mechanism Raised deck
Floating bridge Standing bridge
The general reasoning for the chosen design options will be described, whilst a detailed assessment
using pairwise comparison will be completed for each set of options in Chapter 3.6.
3.5.1. – Choice of Solent Link crossing type
Along with the main idea to create a crossing between the Isle of Wight & England, there is also the
issue of choosing the type of crossing, bridge or tunnel. Of course, if the choice of a tunnel is found to be
the more sustainable option, the CBSA model can still be used to assess its overall sustainability,
contrary to what the name suggests. Its ability to assess tunnels has been proven from its assessment of
the Oresund Link in Chapter 2.
Page | 116
The construction of a bridge would be the much cheaper option as a rule of thumb by comparing
tunnel’s with bridges & therefore, have less negative economic impact. There is also the possibility of
constructing a floating bridge which will be discussed later on. This will have the advantage of
maintaining the to-be protected marine environment. In addition, the bridge has the opportunity to
have a positive visual impact & possibly become a point of interest for the region.
There are some disadvantages of building a bridge. It provides a possible crossing for squirrels which the
locals have already shown concern about with the invasion of the Grey Squirrel to the island. It would
provide an issue with allowing ships to continue to travel, which with the region’s major ports of
Portsmouth & Southampton is a big issue. The visual impact of the bridge could actually be a negative
one as well.
The construction of a tunnel mitigates the issues of negative visual impact, blocking shipping lanes &
providing a crossing for squirrels. However, as mentioned before, it would be a much more expensive
venture. In addition, the tunnel would have to be bored under the seabed if it was to avoid destroying
the marine environment. This introduces other limitations such as the transport types allowed on the
link as road lanes would require a larger cross-section to be bored.
Figure 3.4 shows the initial cross-section design for the proposed Solent Tunnel.
Figure 3.4. Solent Tunnel cross-section initial design (iwcp.co.uk, 2014)
Page | 117
3.5.2. – Choice of Solent Link design to maintain shipping routes
If the construction of a bridge is chosen, consideration of the existing shipping routes must be taken into
account. The two choices that are to be compared are a swing mechanism along the bridge route
compared to the standard design of a risen section to allow ships to pass underneath.
A swing mechanism design is not standard for bridge crossings, especially one that would span as far as
is required for the Solent Region. However, it has proved effective in previous examples, such as the
BNSF Rail Bridge in Portland, Oregon. The use of a swing bridge allows the bridge to sit closer to the
water which will reduce dead loads & therefore, cost of materials overall.
Figure 3.5. shows the BNSF Rail Bridge.
However, the swing bridge does have some disadvantages. Scheduled times would have to be planned
in which the swing bridge would open to let ships pass. This will disrupt the existing shipping pattern as
well as create additional delays for the bridges passengers. In addition, swing bridges tend to look less
attractive because of parts required for the mechanism to work, however, this is not always the case.
The swing bridge in Whitby is aesthetically pleasing and is actually a point of interest for the town.
Figure 3.6. shows the Whitby swing bridge.
Figure 3.5. BNSF Rail Bridge, Oregon (Morgan, 2011)
Page | 118
The design to have a raised deck which will allow ships to continuously pass underneath is the more
standard design & therefore, would not require additional specialists during construction. It would also
mitigate the issue of transport disruption both water & land based. However, there would be more
materials required which will add to costs as well as the fact that the construction of the piers would
destroy the to-be protected seabed. This issue can be mitigated by designing a floating bridge but there
would still be limitations on how high the deck can be raised as the pontoons can only take so much
dead load.
An example of this is shown by the Evergreen Point Floating Bridge 2, shown in Figure 3.7.
Figure 3.6. Whitby swing bridge (oldjoesphotos.co.uk, 2013)
Page | 119
3.5.3. – Choice of the Solent Link to be floating or not
The main decision maker in have the Solent Link to be floating or not it whether the damage to the
seabed would be great enough to warrant it. There has been concern about the protection of the
marine life & it is potentially going to become the law. Other advantages of floating bridges are their
proximity to the water which will save on materials. If designed well they can also be quite attractive & a
potential tourist attraction. However, there would be limitations. Rail traffic would not be viable along
the bridge as the lack of tension along the span would surpass the flexibility specifications of the railway.
A concept sketch for a floating bridge in the Maldives is shown in Figure 3.8.
Figure 3.7. Evergreen Point Floating Bridge 2 (dreamcarz1.org, 2016)
Page | 120
The standard design of a bridge with piers would be a much more conventional & therefore, easier
build. It would mitigate the issues of dealing with horizontal forces from sea currents & buoyancy
calculations for the dead loads. However, there would most likely be complaints or even legal
constraints for building over the environmentally vulnerable seabed.
3.6. – Stage 6-Pairwise comparison of the key design options for ‘Complex
Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Solent Link
Each of the design options mentioned in Chapter 3.5. will assessed individually using the AHP and
pairwise comparison. In each assessment process, up to 10 sub-indicators will be chosen for assessment.
These will be seen as the most important or relevant sub-indicators for the corresponding design option.
Pairwise comparison will be used on the weightings of these sub-indicators which will be normalised,
checked for consistency & finally scored. This way, the most sustainable design can be chosen for the
Solent Link.
Figure 3.8. Floating bridge concept sketch, Maldives (rhdhvarchitecture.com, 2016)
Page | 121
3.6.1. – Pairwise comparison of the Solent Link crossing type design
Four sub-indicators have been deemed the most significant for the crossing type design options and will
be assessed. These sub-indicators are: ecological impact, direct cost, visual impact & consideration of
traffic congestion increase. Table 3.4. shows these sub-indicators and their corresponding reference
numbers.
Table 3.4. Crossing type design option sub-indicators, the Solent Link
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4.
Ecological impact Direct cost Visual impact Consideration of
traffic congestion
increase
The first step in pairwise comparison is to determine the importance of each sub-indicator in
comparison to each other. This is done using the nine-point scale shown in Table 3.5.
The results have been determined by the author and are shown in comparison matrix format below
along with the sum value of each column.
Table 3.5. Fundamental scales for pairwise comparison (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 122
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4.
SI.1. 1 1/4 1/5 1/4
SI.2. 4 1 1/2 1
SI.3. 5 2 1 2
SI.4. 4 1 1/2 1
Total 14 13/4 11/5 13/4
These values are then normalised. A new matrix is compiled of these new elements of which the sum of
each row is calculated. This is shown in the matrix below.
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. Total
SI.1. 1 ÷ 14 1/4 ÷ 13/4 1/5 ÷ 11/5 1/4 ÷ 13/4 0.32
SI.2. 4 ÷ 14 1 ÷ 13/4 1/2 ÷ 11/5 1 ÷ 13/4 1.13
SI.3. 5 ÷ 14 2 ÷ 13/4 1 ÷ 11/5 2 ÷ 13/4 2.04
SI.4. 4 ÷ 14 1 ÷ 13/4 1/2 ÷ 11/5 1 ÷ 13/4 1.13
The sum of the rows are then normalised and shown as the priority matrix. This is shown in Equation
3.1. below.
[
0.321.132.041.13
] ÷ 4 = [
0.080.280.510.28
]
The consistency is then checked using the Consistency Ratio (CR) shown in Equation 3.2. This is
calculated using the Consistency Index (CI) & the Random Index (RI).
Equation 3.2. Consistency Ratio (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
𝐶𝑅 =𝐶𝐼
𝑅𝐼
Equation 3.1. Crossing type design option weighting normalisation, the Solent Link
Page | 123
The RI is taken from Table 3.6., below.
The CI is calculated using Equation 3.3. This is calculated with the principle eigenvector (λmax) and the
number of criteria (m).
Equation 3.3. Consistency Index (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
𝐶𝐼 =𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑚
𝑚 − 1
The principle eigenvector can be estimated in a three step process. First, the priority matrix is multiplied
by the comparison matrix. This is shown in Equation 3.4. below.
Equation 3.4. Crossing type design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Solent Link
[
1454
1/4121
1/51/21
1/2
1/4121
] 𝑥 [
0.080.280.510.28
] = [
0.321.142.031.14
]
In the next step, each element of the resulting matrix is divided by its corresponding element of the
priority matrix. This is shown in Equation 3.5.
Equation 3.5. Crossing type design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Solent Link
[
0.32 ÷ 0.081.14 ÷ 0.282.03 ÷ 0.511.14 ÷ 0.28
] = [
4.004.073.984.07
]
Finally, the principle eigenvector is calculated by finding the average value of the above matrix. This is
shown in Equation 3.6.
Equation 3.6. Crossing type design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Solent Link
𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = (4.00 + 4.07 + 3.98 + 4.07)
4= 4.03
Table 3.6. Random Index Values (Zhange & Zou, 2007)
Page | 124
The CI can now be calculated (Equation 3.7).
Equation 3.7. Crossing type design option Consistency Index, the Solent Link
𝐶𝐼 =4.03 − 4
4 − 1= 0.01
Using Table 3.6. and the calculated CI value, the CR can now be determined (Equation 3.8.)
Equation 3.8. Crossing type design option Consistency Ratio, the Solent Link
𝐶𝑅 =0.01
0.9= 0.01
As the CR value is less than 0.1, the weighting value choices are deemed consistent and therefore, the
values can be used in scoring the sub-indicators.
Scoring of each sub-indicator for each design option is done using a 0-10 point scale. The higher the
value, the better the sustainability. The score value has been determined by the author, based on
extensive data & research of the Solent Link itself as well as other similar examples. The segregation of
the scores is shown in Table 3.7.
The ecological impact (SI.1.) has been given a score of 7.0 for design option 1 (bridge) compared to a
score of 7.5 for design option 2 (tunnel). This is due to the fact that both options would at least disturb
the marine ecology & would probably destroy some as well. However, the tunnel option is slightly better
as it mitigates the risk of Grey Squirrels invading the Isle of Wight & wiping out its population of Red
Squirrels.
Table 3.7. Direct indicator score levels (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 125
The direct cost (SI.2.) has been given a score of 8.0 for design option 1 (bridge) compared to a score of
4.5 for design option 2 (tunnel). This is because although the bridge would be relatively pricey, however,
the tunnel would be a lot more expensive. Tunnel’s mile for mile can be up to four times the price of a
bridge (Kalundu, 2015).
The visual impact (SI.3.) has been given a score of 6.0 for design option 1 (bridge) compared to a score of
5.0 for design option 2 (tunnel). This is because a bridge will have a major visual impact on the
surrounding environment but it could be positive or negative. It was been scored higher than the tunnel
which will only have a small visual impact at the entrance/exit points of the tunnel.
The consideration of traffic congestion increase (SI.4.) has been given a score of 7.5 for design option 1
(bridge) compared to a score of 5.5 for design option 2 (tunnel). This is because a bridge is a lot easier to
add new traffic lanes to in the future. The tunnel will have to be designed with an extra-large cross
section in order to warrant potential future lane additions.
A breakdown of the scores is shown in Table 3.8. below.
Table 3.8. Score breakdown, crossing type design options, the Solent Link
Option 1 Option 2
SI.1. 7.0 7.5
SI.2. 8.0 4.5
SI.3. 6.0 5.0
SI.4. 7.5 5.5
Each score is then multiplied by its appropriate weighting & the total score for each design option is
calculated. This is shown in Table 3.9.
Page | 126
Table 3.9. Weighted scores, crossing type design options, the Solent Link
Option 1 score Option 2 score
SI.1. 7.0 x 0.08 7.5 x 0.08
SI.2. 8.0 x 0.28 4.5 x 0.28
SI.3. 6.0 x 0.51 5.0 x 0.51
SI.4. 7.5 x 0.28 5.5 x 0.28
Total score 7.96 5.95
From Table 3.9. it can be said that design option 1 (bridge) received a higher overall sustainability score
for the chosen sub-indicators and is therefore, the more sustainable design.
Therefore, the other two design option comparisons will be made as they are considered for bridge
design.
3.6.2. – Pairwise comparison of Solent Link design to maintain shipping routes
Four sub-indicators have been deemed the most significant for the shipping route maintenance design
options and will be assessed. These sub-indicators are: direct cost, delay time, visual impact &
consideration of traffic congestion increase. Table 3.10. shows these sub-indicators and their
corresponding reference numbers.
Table 3.10. Shipping route maintenance design option sub-indicators, the Solent Link
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4.
Direct cost Delay time Visual impact Consideration of
traffic congestion
increase
The results of the nine-point scale have been determined by the author and are shown in comparison
matrix format below along with the sum value of each column.
Page | 127
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4.
SI.1. 1 1/3 1/2 1/2
SI.2. 3 1 1 1/2
SI.3. 2 1 1 1
SI.4. 2 2 1 1
Total 8 13/3 7/2 3
The pre-normalised values are shown below.
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. Total
SI.1. 1 ÷ 8 1/3 ÷ 13/3 1/2 ÷ 7/2 1/2 ÷ 3 0.51
SI.2. 3 ÷ 8 1 ÷ 13/3 1 ÷ 7/2 1/2 ÷ 3 1.06
SI.3. 2 ÷ 8 1 ÷ 13/3 1 ÷ 7/2 1 ÷ 3 1.10
SI.4. 2 ÷ 8 2 ÷ 13/3 1 ÷ 7/2 1 ÷ 3 1.33
The values are normalised and form the priority matrix, shown in Equation 3.9. below.
[
0.511.061.101.33
] ÷ 4 = [
0.130.270.280.33
]
The priority matrix is multiplied by the comparison matrix. This is shown in Equation 3.10. below.
Equation 3.10. Shipping route maintenance design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Solent Link
[
1322
1/3112
1/2111
1/21/211
] 𝑥 [
0.130.270.280.33
] = [
0.521.111.141.41
]
The 2nd step of the principle eigenvector calculation is shown in Equation 3.11.
Equation 3.9. Shipping route maintenance design option weighting normalisation, the Solent Link
Page | 128
Equation 3.11. Shipping route maintenance design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Solent Link
[
0.52 ÷ 0.131.11 ÷ 0.271.14 ÷ 0.281.41 ÷ 0.33
] = [
4.004.114.074.28
]
The principle eigenvector is calculated in Equation 3.12.
Equation 3.12. Shipping route maintenance design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Solent Link
𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = (4.00 + 4.11 + 4.07 + 4.28)
4= 4.11
The CI is calculated (Equation 3.13).
Equation 3.13. Shipping route maintenance design option Consistency Index, the Solent Link
𝐶𝐼 =4.11 − 4
4 − 1= 0.04
Using Table 3.6. and the calculated CI value, the CR can now be determined (Equation 3.14.)
Equation 3.14. Shipping route maintenance design option Consistency Ratio, the Solent Link
𝐶𝑅 =0.04
0.9= 0.04
As the CR value is less than 0.1, the weighting value choices are deemed consistent and therefore, the
values can be used in scoring the sub-indicators.
The sub-indicators for each design option are now scored on the 1-10 point scale.
The direct cost (SI.1.) has been given a score of 7.0 for design option 1 (swing mechanism) compared to
a score of 7.5 for design option 2 (raised deck). This is because although raising the bridge deck would
add to material & therefore cost, the swing mechanism itself would most likely cost slightly more as it is
such specialist equipment.
The delay time (SI.2.) has been given a score of 5.0 for design option 1 (swing mechanism) compared to
a score of 9.5 for design option 2 (raised deck). This is because the swing bridge would create travel
delays for both ships & road vehicles depending on where it is opened or closed. Whereas, raising the
deck would create no transport delays for either vehicle.
Page | 129
The visual impact (SI.3.) has been given a score of 7.0 for design option 1 (swing mechanism) compared
to a score of 7.5 for design option 2 (raised deck). Both options are quite different but it seems the
swing mechanism would look slightly out of place in the middle of such a long crossing in comparison to
a standard raised deck.
The consideration of traffic congestion increase (SI.4.) has been given a score of 5.5 for design option 1
(swing mechanism) compared to a score of 7.5 for design option 2 (raised deck). This is because the
swing bridge would have to be used more often with an increase in congestion in both the water & on
the road which will create more delays, shorten the mechanisms life span & increase maintenance
expenditure. The raised deck can simply have extra space on either side for potential extra lanes in the
future.
A breakdown of the scores is shown in Table 3.11. below.
Table 3.11. Score breakdown, shipping route maintenance design options, the Solent Link
Option 1 Option 2
SI.1. 7.0 7.5
SI.2. 5.0 9.5
SI.3. 7.0 7.5
SI.4. 5.5 7.5
Total weighted scores are shown in Table 3.12.
Page | 130
Table 3.12. Weighted scores, shipping route maintenance design options, the Solent Link
Option 1 score Option 2 score
SI.1. 7.0 x 0.13 7.5 x 0.13
SI.2. 5.0 x 0.27 9.5 x 0.27
SI.3. 7.0 x 0.28 7.5 x 0.28
SI.4. 5.5 x 0.33 7.5 x 0.33
Total score 6.04 8.12
From Table 3.12. it can be said that design option 2 (raised deck) received a higher overall sustainability
score for the chosen sub-indicators and is therefore, the more sustainable design.
3.6.3. – Pairwise comparison of Solent Link structural design
Four sub-indicators have been deemed the most significant for the structural design options and will be
assessed. These sub-indicators are: ecological impact, consideration of sea level rise, direct cost & visual
impact. Table 3.13. shows these sub-indicators and their corresponding reference numbers.
Table 3.13. Structural design option sub-indicators, the Solent Link
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4.
Ecological impact Consideration of
sea level rise
Direct cost Visual impact
The results of the nine-point scale have been determined by the author and are shown in comparison
matrix format below along with the sum value of each column.
Page | 131
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4.
SI.1. 1 1/7 1/4 1/3
SI.2. 7 1 3 4
SI.3. 4 1/3 1 2
SI.4. 3 1/4 1/2 1
Total 15 145/84 19/4 22/3
The pre-normalised values are shown below.
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. Total
SI.1. 1 ÷ 15 1/7 ÷ 145/84 1/4 ÷ 19/4 1/3 ÷ 22/3 0.25
SI.2. 7 ÷ 15 1 ÷ 145/84 3 ÷ 19/4 4 ÷ 22/3 2.22
SI.3. 4 ÷ 15 1/3 ÷ 145/84 1 ÷ 19/4 2 ÷ 22/3 0.94
SI.4. 3 ÷ 15 1/4 ÷ 145/84 1/2 ÷ 19/4 1 ÷ 22/3 0.59
The values are normalised and form the priority matrix, shown in Equation 3.15. below.
[
0.252.220.940.59
] ÷ 4 = [
0.060.560.240.15
]
The priority matrix is multiplied by the comparison matrix. This is shown in Equation 3.16. below.
Equation 3.16. Structural design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 1, the Solent Link
[
1743
1/71
1/31/4
1/431
1/2
1/3421
] 𝑥 [
0.060.560.240.15
] = [
0.252.300.960.59
]
The 2nd step of the principle eigenvector calculation is shown in Equation 3.17.
Equation 3.15. Structural design option weighting normalisation, the Solent Link
Page | 132
Equation 3.17. Structural design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 2, the Solent Link
[
0.25 ÷ 0.062.30 ÷ 0.560.96 ÷ 0.240.59 ÷ 0.15
] = [
4.174.114.003.93
]
The principle eigenvector is calculated in Equation 3.18.
Equation 3.18. Structural design option principle eigenvector calculation, Step 3, the Solent Link
𝜆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = (4.17 + 4.11 + 4.00 + 3.93)
4= 4.05
The CI is calculated (Equation 3.19).
Equation 3.19. Structural design option Consistency Index, the Solent Link
𝐶𝐼 =4.05 − 4
4 − 1= 0.02
Using Table 3.6. and the calculated CI value, the CR can now be determined (Equation 3.20.)
Equation 3.20. Structural design option Consistency Ratio, the Solent Link
𝐶𝑅 =0.02
0.9= 0.02
As the CR value is less than 0.1, the weighting value choices are deemed consistent and therefore, the
values can be used in scoring the sub-indicators.
The sub-indicators for each design option are now scored on the 1-10 point scale.
The ecological impact (SI.1.) has been given a score of 9.0 for design option 1 (floating) compared to a
score of 6.5 for design option 2 (standing). This is because the floating bridge will completely mitigate
the issue of destroying the protected marine life in comparison to the standing bridge, where the pier
foundations would require excavation of the seabed. However, both options still run the risk of Grey
Squirrel invasion.
The consideration of sea level rise (SI.2.) has been given a score of 9.0 for design option 1 (floating)
compared to a score of 9.5 for design option 2 (standing). This is because the rising of the sea level will
Page | 133
have an outstanding effect on the design of a floating bridge in comparison to a standing one. Therefore,
extra costs may in incurred.
The direct cost (SI.3.) has been given a score of 8.0 for design option 1 (floating) compared to a score of
7.0 for design option 2 (standing). The floating bridge will likely be cheaper due to the reduction in
material. However, the use of specialist pontoons will be build some of the costs back up.
The visual impact (SI.4.) has been given a score of 8.0 for design option 1 (floating) compared to a score
of 8.5 for design option 2 (standing). This is because going by Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics, there is
more room for a floating bridge to not comply & therefore, be seen as less aesthetically pleasing than a
standing bridge.
A breakdown of the scores is shown in Table 3.14. below.
Table 3.14. Score breakdown, structural design options, the Solent Link
Option 1 Option 2
SI.1. 9.0 6.5
SI.2. 9.0 9.5
SI.3. 8.0 7.0
SI.4. 8.0 8.5
Total weighted scores are shown in Table 3.15.
Page | 134
Table 3.15. Weighted scores, structural design options, the Solent Link
Option 1 score Option 2 score
SI.1. 9.0 x 0.06 6.5 x 0.06
SI.2. 9.0 x 0.56 9.5 x 0.56
SI.3. 8.0 x 0.24 7.0 x 0.24
SI.4. 8.0 x 0.15 8.5 x 0.15
Total score 8.70 8.67
From Table 3.15. it can be said that design option 1 (floating) received a higher overall sustainability
score for the chosen sub-indicators and is therefore, the more sustainable design.
3.7. – Outline Design of the Solent Link
From the key design option comparisons in Chapter 3.6, it has been decided that the most sustainable
option is to build a floating bridge with a raised deck in the middle to allow ships to pass through. In
addition, notes have been taken from the initial research stage in Chapter 3.1. to try to create a
connection with the cities of Portsmouth & Southampton. There will also be an attempt to stay out of
the major shipping routes so that there is no congestion, going under the main span. Measures will be
implemented to stop the crossing of squirrels over the bridge as well as trying to make it look as
aesthetically pleasing as possible.
3.7.1. – Detailed description of the Solent Link design
The bridge will exit the Isle of Wight at Gurnard, in the middle of the Northern part of the island. It will
enter the mainland in Lepe, to the left of Southampton harbour. This location has been chosen as it is
out of the way of the major shipping routes on the East side of the region and reduces shipping
congestion. There are also existing roads on both sides that can be linked to. The Worsley Road on the
Isle of Wight connects with the Newport Road which leads directly into the centre of the island & the
Page | 135
Lepe Road travels up to Southampton along the West side of the harbour. Figure 3.9 shows a plan view
of the bridges location (highlighted in red).
Figure 3.9. Solent Link location
There will be some additional work required for the approach roads on either side in order to join with
the existing roads mentioned previously. Both roads are one-lane each way & will not need extending
unless additional lanes are required in the future. On the Isle of Wight’s side, a route will have to be
cleared through some un-occupied woodland area and the connection made with Worsley Road. This
area is shown in Figure 3.10. (highlighted in red).
Page | 136
Figure 3.10. Solent Link Worsley Road connection
On the English side, the bridge will be raised in order to pass over the Lepe car park & connect with the
Lepe Rd as is goes uphill. This area is shown in Figure 3.11. (highlighted in red).
Page | 137
Figure 3.11. Solent Link Lepe Road connection
The link will be a road-bridge with one lane going each way with a walk/cycle way on each side. There
will be a toll booth on the Isle of Wight side which will spread to two lanes each way as cars pass
through the toll in order to reduce congestion. It will go back to one lane each way after the toll booth.
The bridge will be a similar style to the Evergreen Point bridge in that the deck level will stay low to sea
level until it reaches the main span where the deck will rise using light concrete piers. The clearance of
the deck to water level will be high enough to let yachts through but not ferries & cargo ships. As the
bridge is not in the way of the major shipping routes this is deemed acceptable. The Evergreen Point
bridge is shown in Figure 3.12.
Page | 138
Figure 3.12. Evergreen Point bridge (Jelson25, 2009)
However, instead of a truss system of suspend the main span like on the Evergreen Point bridge, an
arched cable-stayed system will be used. This is mainly for the visual impact as the arch will follow the
curvature of the raised deck, maintaining proportion & order. An example of such a system is shown in
Figure 3.13. However, the difference in the curvature of the arch & the roof will be more subtle.
Figure 3.13. Cable-stayed arch over main span (ngarti.com, 2012)
Page | 139
The pontoon system which allows the bridge to float will be continuous and made from concrete blocks
which are filled with air & are anchored to the land at either side of the bridge. An example of the design
is shown in Figure 3.14.
The crossing of squirrels over the bridge can be stopped with several repellent products. The main tactic
will be to install several ultrasound boxes on either approach road which have been tried and tested
with repelling most large pests. An example of this product is shown in Figure 3.15.
Figure 3.14. Floating bridge pontoon design (kxro.com, 2013)
Figure 3.15. Ultra-sound pest repellent box
Page | 140
The will also be several wine turbine trees installed along the walk/cycle path. These are a good way to
utilise the windy conditions over the Link to generate renewable energy which can be connected to
power homes & businesses on either side of the link. They are also an attractive feature which will be
appealing to the link users. An example of one of the trees is shown in Figure 3.16.
Eco-kerbs will divide the walk/cycle way with the roadway. The ground surface will be inclined in order
to allow surface water to drain into the kerbs. An example is shown in Figure 3.17.
Figure 3.16. Wind turbine tree (seriouswonder.com, 2016)
Figure 3.17. Eco kerb (kirhammond.com, 2015)
Page | 141
Two chair-lifts will be installed that will travel from one side of the gradient of the main span to the
centre. People can call the lifts which will not take long to reach them, take the lift to the top & take the
other lift back down. The use of two lifts is to reduce the waiting time for people either side of the main
span. The lifts will be attached to the steel parapets. An example of one of these lifts being used on a set
of stairs is shown in Figure 3.18.
3.7.2. – Basic design calculations for the Solent Link
Basic design calculations will be made in order to allow the author to complete the outline design of the
bridge in regards to the overall loading of the structure & the pontoon space that is needed to keep the
bridge afloat. There will also be equations for horizontal loading from the wind & sea current which will
needed to be designed for as well at cable tensioning over the main span.
Dead, live & total loading
The dead load is calculated by multiplying the unit weights of reinforced concrete & steel with the
volumes of those respective materials. The bridge’s deck, parapets, main span columns & horizontal
bracing system will be made from concrete whilst the main span arch will be made from steel. The live
load is calculated by multiplying the average live load for a two-lane road bridge by the length of the
Figure 3.18. Chair lift (archiexpo.com, 2016)
Page | 142
bridge itself. The total load is then calculated by summing the dead & live loads. This process is shown in
the following procedure.
Equation 3.21. Solent Link deck volume
𝐷𝑒𝑐𝑘 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 = 13𝑚 𝑥 3000𝑚 𝑥 0.2𝑚 = 7800𝑚^3
Equation 3.22. Solent Link main span columns volume
𝑀𝑎𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛 𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑛𝑠 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 = 64 𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑛𝑠 𝑥 (1𝑚 𝑥 1𝑚 𝑥 19/2𝑚) = 608𝑚^3
Equation 3.23. Solent Link horizontal bracing system volume
𝐻𝑜𝑟𝑖𝑧𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑏𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑠𝑦𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑚 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 = 600 𝑚𝑒𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑠 𝑥 (0.2𝑚 𝑥 0.2𝑚 𝑥 16.4𝑚) = 394𝑚^3
Unit weight of reinforced concrete = 24kN/m3 (dlsweb.edu, 2016)
Equation 3.24. Solent Link main span arch volume
𝑀𝑎𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛 𝑎𝑟𝑐ℎ 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 = [(0.5𝑚^2 𝑥 𝜋) – (0.4𝑚^2 𝑥 𝜋)] 𝑥 [44𝑚 + (13𝑚 𝑥 4.4𝑚)]
= 29𝑚^3
Equation 3.25. Solent Link parapet volume
𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑝𝑒𝑡 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 = (0.5𝑚 𝑥 3000𝑚 𝑥 1.5𝑚)
2 = 1125𝑚^3
Unit weight of mild steel = 77kN/m3 (dlsweb.edu, 2016)
Equation 3.26. Solent Link dead load
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑘 𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑑 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 = [24(7800 + 608 + 394)] + [77(29 + 1125)] = 300,106𝑘𝑁
Two-lane road bridge live load = 9.35kN/m (Nowak, 1993)
Equation 3.27. Solent Link live load
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑘 𝑙𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 = 9.35 𝑥 3000 = 321𝑘𝑁
Equation 3.28. Solent Link total load
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑘 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 = 300,106 + 321 = 𝟑𝟎𝟎, 𝟒𝟐𝟕𝒌𝑵
Depth of pontoons
The volume of the pontoons required to keep the bridge afloat is calculated using the buoyancy force
equation (Equation 3.29).
Page | 143
Equation 3.29. Buoyancy force equation (tutorvista.com, 2016)
𝐹𝑏 = 𝑔𝜌𝑉
- g = acceleration due to gravity
- ρ = Density of water
- V = Volume
This formula is rearranged to make the volume the subject. The buoyancy force must equal the total
load of the bridge in order to stay afloat. The bridges length & width will remain the same as the deck in
order to look in proportion so the depth (D) is the unit to be calculated.
Equation 3.30. Solent Link buoyancy force equation
𝐷 𝑥 3000 𝑥 13 = 300427
9.811000 𝑥 1000
= 30,624𝑚^3
𝐷 =30,624
3000 𝑥 13= 0.8𝑚
Therefore, a minimum pontoon depth of 0.8m is needed to keep the bridge afloat. This will be
multiplied by a safety factor of 1.25 in order to mitigate any risks. This is shown in Equation 3.31.
Equation 3.31. Solent Link pontoon depth including a factor of safety
𝐷 = 0.80 𝑥 1.25 = 𝟏𝒎
Horizontal forces
Horizontal forces from wind, waves & potential ship collisions are a major factor in designing a floating
bridge. The worst case scenario in terms of horizontal force would be for a large ship to collide into the
side of the bridge. There will be a bracing system placed between the bridge deck & the pontoons that
aims to transfer this impact load longitudinally so that the bridge can absorb the blow. In this procedure,
the transferred longitudinal load for the worst case impact force of a large ship will be calculated.
Equation 3.32. Ship impact force (Gluver, 1998)
𝐹 [𝑀𝑁] = 0.98(𝐷𝑊𝑇)^0.5(𝑉
16)
- DWT = Dead Weight Tonnage of the ship
- V = Ship impact speed (knots)
Page | 144
Worst case Dead Weight Tonnage of a cargo ship = 200,000T (Lowe, 2013)
Average top speed of cargo ship = 25 knots (McDermott, 2010)
Equation 3.33. Solent Link ship impact force
𝐹 = 0.98(200,000)0.5𝑥 (25
16) = 685𝑀𝑁
The bracing system will have two members which will share the force. They will both be at an angle of
52 degrees. Therefore, the transferred longitudinal force is shown in Equation 3.34.
Equation 3.34. Solent Link transferred longitudinal ship impact force
𝐹𝑙 =
6852
tan (52)= 𝟐𝟔𝟑𝑴𝑵
This value will have to be considered in the structural design of the bridge.
Cable tension
The number of cables required for the cable-stayed arch design must be calculated. This is done by
calculating the dead & live loads of purely the main span which will be supported by the cables. This will
be multiplied by a factor of safety of 1.2. The average amount that one pre-tensioned cable will then be
divided into this value to find how many cables are needed overall.
Equation 3.35. Solent Link main span dead load
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑘 𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑑 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 = 24(13 𝑥 0.2 𝑥 20) + 77((0.5𝑚 𝑥 20𝑚 𝑥 1.5𝑚)
2𝑥 2) = 2403𝑘𝑁
Equation 3.36. Solent Link main span live load
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑘 𝑙𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 = 9.35 𝑥 20 = 187𝑘𝑁
Equation 3.37. Solent Link main span total load
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑘 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 = 2403 + 187 = 2590𝑘𝑁
Equation 3.38. Solent Link main span total load with a factor of safety
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑘 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑎 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑎𝑓𝑒𝑡𝑦 = 2590 𝑥 1.2 = 3108𝑘𝑁
Page | 145
The minimum breaking strength of a 13mm diameter uncoated, fibre core, improved plow steel cable =
95.2kN (theengineeringtoolbox.com, 2016). The minimum number of cables required to support the
main span is calculated in Equation 3.39.
Equation 3.39. Solent Link main span minimum number of cables
𝑀𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒𝑠 =3108
95.2= 𝟑𝟐 𝒄𝒂𝒃𝒍𝒆𝒔
Seventeen cables will run down either side of the bridge over the main span at a spacing of 1.25m.
Free-end tolerance
The maximum expansion of the bridge due to temperature change will be calculated so that the space at
the free end of the bridge can be designed. The equation of this change in length is shown in Equation
3.40.
Equation 3.40. Bridge change of length due to temperature change
𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 = 𝐿 𝑥 ∆𝑇 𝑥 𝛼
- L = Bridge length
- ∆𝑇 = Temperature range
- 𝛼 = Temperature error coefficient
Equation 3.41. Solent Link change of length due to temperature change
𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 = 3,000,000 𝑥 29 𝑥 12𝑥10−6 = 1044𝑚𝑚
This is multiplied by a factor of safety of 1.2 in Equation 3.41.
Equation 3.42. Solent Link change of length due to temperature change with factor of safety
𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 = 1044 𝑥 1.2 = 1253𝑚𝑚
Therefore, a length of 1255mm will be left for the free-end tolerance.
3.7.3. – Drawings for the Solent Link
Some basic drawings have been made for the proposed Solent Link. These drawings include: deck plan,
deck elevation, deck cross-section, mid-span plan & mid-span elevation. Descriptions of the main
aspects of each drawing will be included.
Page | 146
Deck plan
The normal deck plan consists of pre-cast, T-shaped parapet units running on either side. There is a
2700mm walk/cycle path on one side, leaving two road lanes of 4490mm wide each. This makes a space
of 11,680mm between each parapet face & means that the bridge could potentially have four lanes of
2920mm widths if so required in the future. There is also eco-kerbing running along either side of the
road to allow for drainage. The horizontal bracing members which are between the deck & the pontoons
are shown with dashed lines. A snapshot of the drawing is shown in Figure 3.19. Please see Appendix 4
for full drawing.
Figure 3.19. Solent Link deck plan drawing
Deck elevation
The elevation view shows the 1m deep, concrete cased, continuous pontoons at the bottom of the
bridge. The 200mm x 200mm square concrete members make up the diagonal bracing for horizontal
loads and is sandwiched between the pontoon & the deck. The deck is a 200mm think continuous
concrete slab. On top of the deck, on either side are the parapets which stand 1500mm high from
walkway level. A snapshot of the deck elevation drawing is shown in Figure 3.20. Please see Appendix 4
for full drawing.
Page | 147
Figure 3.20. Solent Link deck elevation drawing
Deck cross-section
The Cross-Section view shows the T-shape of the parapets & how they would resist from a car crash. It
also shows the incline of the road that would allow surface water to drain into the eco-kerbs. A snapshot
of the cross-section drawing is shown in Figure 3.21. Please see Appendix 4 for full drawing.
Figure 3.21. Solent Link deck cross-section drawing
Page | 148
Mid-span plan
The mid-span plan view, shows the layout of the 1m x 1m concrete columns that are used to raise the
deck to the required water clearance height of 20m. It also shows the 5 purlins connecting the 0.5m
diameter steel arch. A snapshot of the drawing is shown in Figure 3.22. Please see Appendix 4 for full
drawing.
Figure 3.22. Solent Link mid-span plan drawing
Mid-span elevation
The mid-span elevation view really shows the cable-stayed arch system which suspends the free
standing deck. It is also good to view the curvature of the deck as it is raised over the 20m clearance
height using the concrete columns. A snapshot of the drawing is shown in Figure 3.23. Please see
Appendix 4 for full drawing.
Figure 3.23. Solent Link elevation drawing
Page | 149
3.8. – Stage 7-Normalised indicator assessment for ‘Complex Bridge
Sustainability Assessment’, the Solent Link
The data for the Solent Link is now assessed as a whole in comparison to similar locations/projects.
Rather than gathering data for the normalisation process like in Chapter 2.7. Data will be directly
calculated/assumed for the Solent Link in this chapter which can then be assessed.
3.8.1. - Normalisation of environmental indicators, the Solent Link
Ecological impact
‘The direct cost of measures taken to preserve ecology’ is based on the money spent on ultra-sound pest
repellent boxes & the cost difference between using pontoon foundations instead of standard piers. This
is because both of these measures were done directly to preserve ecology.
The cost of one good standard, industrial pest repellent box is roughly £40. There will be around 8
installed overall. This comes to £320.
The estimated cost for the floating bridge, including the use of specialist labour & materials, is estimated
using the similar example of the Evergreen Point Bridge. This estimate is approximately £55 million
(Williamson, 2012). If the bridge was supported using standard concrete piers, going by the cost of the
Kolia Bhomora Setu bridge in India, which is a similar size bridge, the cost would be around £47 million
(webcitation.org, 2007).
Therefore, the additional cost taken to preserve ecology is £8 million. The cost of the repellent boxes is
seen as negligible.
Table 3.16. shows the data normalisation for ‘the direct cost of measures taken to preserve ecology’.
Table 3.16. Normalisation table for ‘the direct measures taken to preserve ecology’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0-£100 £101 - £5000 £5001 -
£1,000,000
£1,000,001 -
£5,000,000
>£5,000,000
Page | 150
From Table 3.16, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘the direct measures to preserve ecology’ has
scored VGP.
‘The direct saving from taking prevention measures’ is based on the amount of seagrass that would be
destroyed if pier supports were used. It will also be based on the loss of Red Squirrel population.
If piers were used, approximately 3900m2 of seagrass would have to be destroyed. The economic cost
of seagrass is approximately £45,000 per km2 (ICRI, 2008). Therefore, the cost of destroying the seagrass
using a pier system would be around £175,500.
The population of Red Squirrels on the Isle of Wight is around 3500. The penalty cost for introducing a
Grey Squirrel to a Red Squirrels territory is £5000 (White Squirrel Project, 2016). If its assumed that the
invasion of one Grey Squirrel equals the loss of one Red Squirrel & all the Red Squirrels are driven out,
the overall cost will be £17.5 million.
Therefore, the overall saving from taking ecological preservation measures is £17,675,500.
Table 3.17. shows the data normalisation for ‘the direct saving from taking prevention measures’.
Table 3.17. Normalisation table for ‘the direct saving from taking prevention measures’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0-£5000 £5001 -
£10,000
£10,001 -
£1,000,000
£1,000,001 -
£15,000,000
>£15,000,000
From Table 3.17, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘the direct saving from taking prevention
measures’ has scored VGP.
Energy use
‘Estimated amount of CO2 produced’ is based on material production & vehicle emissions.
There will be around 8802m3 of reinforced concrete & around 1154m3 of steel used on the bridge. The
CO2 emissions from concrete production is around 154 kg CO2 per m3 (Van Gorkum, 2010). There is
around 5712 kg CO2 per m3 (Van Gorkum, 2010). Therefore, material production for the Solent Link
emits approximately 8Gg CO2.
Page | 151
The average CO2 emissions of one car passing over the Solent Link would be about 763g CO2. About 4.3
million people make return trips via ferry in a year. Assuming an average of about two people per car
load, this makes 4.3 million potential journeys across the Solent Link in year (Isle of Wight Tourist Board,
2013). Over the bridges 100 year life span, this would equate to approximately 329Gg CO2.
Therefore, the overall CO2 emissions during the bridges lifespan would be approximately 337Gg CO2.
Table 3.18. shows the data normalisation for ‘Estimated amount of CO2 produced’.
Table 3.18. Normalisation table for ‘Estimated amount of CO2 produced’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >9500Ggrms 1901Ggrms –
9500Ggrms
571Ggrms –
1900Ggrms
286Ggrms –
570Ggrms
0Ggrms –
285Ggrms
From Table 3.18, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘Estimated amount of CO2 produced’ has scored
GP.
‘Energy saved’ is based on the energy generated from the wind turbine trees along the walk/cycle path.
There will be approximately 60 trees along the route. Each tree generates approximately 3.1kw.
Therefore, over the bridges lifespan (assuming the trees are re-installed after the end of their life), there
will be an overall production of approximately 163 million kwh.
Table 3.19. shows the data normalisation for ‘energy saved’.
Table 3.19. Normalisation table for ‘energy saved’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0kwh 1kwh –
876,000kwh
876,001kwh –
2628000kwh
2628001kwh –
13,140,000kwh
>13,140,000kwh
From Table 3.19, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘energy saved’ has scored VGP.
Page | 152
Waste management
‘Estimated amount of waste send directly to landfill’ will be aimed to get a negligible amount through
proper use of waste segregation on site. However, this will have to be re-assessed after construction
stage for accurate results.
Table 3.20. shows the data normalisation for ‘Estimated amount of waste sent directly to landfill’.
Table 3.20. Normalisation table for ‘Estimated amount of waste sent directly to landfill’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >10,000t 5001t –
10,000t
501t – 5000t 1t – 500t 0t
From Table 3.20, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘Estimated amount of waste sent directly to
landfill’ has scored VGP.
‘Estimated amount of waste recycled’ will be based on the average amount of concrete & steel that is
wasted on site but sent away to be recycled into aggregate or recycled steel.
There will be around 39,000m2 of reinforced concrete & around 3052m2 of steel used on the bridge. The
average amount of concrete waste on site is 2.5m3 per m2 used & for steel waste, around 1.3m3 per m2.
Therefore, when converted to tonnes, there will be approximately 108,225t of concrete waste & 3174t
of steel which equates to 111,399t of recycled waste overall.
Table 3.21. shows the data normalisation for ‘Estimated amount of waste recycled’.
Table 3.21. Normalisation table for ‘Estimated amount of waste recycled’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0t 1t – 500t 501t – 2000t 2001t – 5000t >5000t
From Table 3.21, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘Estimated amount of waste recycled’ has
scored VGP.
Page | 153
‘Estimated amount of waste re-used on site’ will be negligible as there will be minimal exaction works.
Table 3.22. shows the data normalisation for ‘Estimated amount of waste re-used on site’.
Table 3.22. Normalisation table for ‘Estimated amount of waste re-used on site’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0t 1t – 300t 301t – 1000t 1001t – 3000t >3000t
From Table 3.22, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘Estimated amount of waste re-used on site’ has
scored VPP.
Land use
‘Amount of free land used’ will be based on the land required for the approach roads.
Approximately 1950m2 of free land (un-occupied forest) will be used for the approach road on the Isle of
Wight side & marginally on the English side.
Table 3.23. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of free land used’.
Table3.23. Normalisation table for ‘amount of free land used’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0ha-0.5ha 0.6ha – 1ha 1.5ha – 10ha 11ha – 30ha >30ha
From Table 3.23, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of free land used’ has scored A.
‘Amount of pre-occupied land used’ is based on the land required for the approach roads.
This amount is negligible as the bridge rises over the car-park on the English side & therefore, will not
use the land.
Table 3.24. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of pre-occupied land used’.
Page | 154
Table 3.24. Normalisation table for ‘amount of pre-occupied land used’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >30ha 11ha – 30ha 1.5ha – 10ha 0.6ha – 1ha 0ha – 0.5ha
From Table 3.24, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of pre-occupied land used’ has scored
VGP.
Natural material used
‘Amount of natural material used’ will be based on the amount of timbre used as temporary formwork
as there is no natural material used for the bridges design.
As the deck would more than likely be poured in large sections of around 500m at a time, the formwork
required would be about 125m3. Converted to tonnage, this makes 37.5t.
Table 3.25. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of natural material used’.
Table 3.25. Normalisation table for ‘amount of natural material used’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0t 1t – 100t 101t – 1000t 1001t – 5000t >5000t
From Table 3.25, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of natural material used’ has scored PP.
Consideration of environmental climate change
‘Consideration of sea level rise’ is based on the change in clearance height for boats passing under the
main span as well as whether or not the water will rise over the pontoon height, causing the bridge to
sink.
The average sea level rise is around 3mm a year (Christopher, 2015) and therefore, 300mm in its life
time. The pontoons will probably be immersed around 100mm which will be 400mm towards the end of
Page | 155
the bridges life. This still leaves 600mm to the top of the pontoons and therefore, this has been
considered for.
The average height of the largest yacht that would pass under the main span would be about 15m
(delphiayachts.eu, 2016). The height clearance is 20m and therefore, this has been well considered for.
There is no in-between in assessing such an indicator & therefore, it scores either VGP or VPP depending
on whether it has been considered or not. Table 3.26. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration
of sea level rise’.
Table 3.26. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of sea level rise’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not
considered
- - - Considered
From Table 3.26, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of sea level rise’ has scored VGP.
‘Consideration of temperature change’ is based on the size of the free-end space allowed for the
expansion of the bridge due to temperature.
This space has been calculated & designed for & is therefore, considered.
Table 3.27. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration of temperature change’.
Table 3.27. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of temperature change’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not
considered
- - - Considered
From Table 3.27, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of temperature change’ has
scored VGP.
‘Consideration of rainfall increase’ is based on the drainage design on the bridge.
Page | 156
The inclination of the road has been designed to allow surface water to flow into the eco-kerbs which
can take rainfall events of up to 100 years.
Table 3.28. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration of rainfall increase’.
Table 3.28. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of rainfall increase’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not
considered
- - - Considered
From Table 3.28, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of rainfall increase’ has scored
VGP.
3.8.2. – Normalisation of economic indicators, the Solent Link
Economic impact
‘Estimated direct cost’ comes to approximately £55,000,000.
Table 3.29. shows the data normalisation for ‘estimated direct cost’.
Table 3.29. Normalisation table for ‘estimated direct cost’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£100,000,000 £70,000,001
-
£100,000,000
£30,000,001 -
£70,000,000
£10,000,001 -
£30,000,000
£0 -
£10,000,000
From Table 3.29, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘estimated direct cost’ has scored A.
‘Indirect cost’ is based on the travel delay time of shipping & the cost of land used.
The delay time to shipping will be negligible because the construction method statement will have the
one side of the bridge built first which can support the main span, followed by the other side of the
bridge being built from the other side. This allows a constant shipping route throughout construction.
Page | 157
The cost to use un-occupied forestry is £150/ha. Therefore, the cost is approximately £300.
Table 3.30. shows the data normalisation for ‘indirect cost’.
Table 3.30. Normalisation table for ‘indirect cost’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£100,000,000 £50,000,001-
£100,000,000
£1,000,001-
£50,000,000
£500,001-
£1,000,000
£0 - £500,000
From Table 3.30, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘indirect cost’ has scored VGP.
‘Estimated direct income’ is based on the income from the toll road.
The toll road will charge on average £2 per passing. This will make approximately £860 million over its
life time.
Table 3.31. shows the data normalisation for ‘estimated direct income’.
Table 3.31. Normalisation table for ‘estimated direct income’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 £1 -
£1,500,000
£1,500,001-
£18,000,000
£18,000,001 -
£30,000,000
>£30,000,000
From Table 3.31, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘estimated direct income’ has scored VGP.
‘Estimated indirect income’ is based on the estimated increase to the area GDP.
The estimated increase to the area’s GDP after the construction of a bridge would be around 30% (BBC,
2013). The area’s current GDP is approximately £2 billion (timetric.com, 2015) & therefore a 30%
increase would be £600 million.
Table 3.32. shows the data normalisation for ‘estimated indirect income’.
Page | 158
Table 3.32. Normalisation table for ‘estimated indirect income’, the Solent Link
Sustainabilit
y score
Very poor
practise
Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 -
£100,000,00
0
£100,000,001
-
£300,000,000
,
£300,000,001 -
£1,000,000,00
0
£1,000,000,001
-
£50,000,000,00
0
>£50,000,000,00
0
From Table 3.32, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘estimated indirect income’ has scored A.
Employment
‘Number of local jobs, permanent full-time’ is based on the amount of local employees that will work on
the toll booths.
The amount of employees will be 12 (each toll booth is run by three people each on an 8 hour shift).
Table 3.33. shows the data normalisation for ‘number of local jobs, permanent full-time’.
Table 3.33. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, permanent full-time’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0 1 - 10 11 - 200 201 - 500 >500
From Table 3.33, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘number of local jobs, permanent full-time’ has
scored A.
‘Number of local jobs, permanent part-time’ is based on the number of local employees that will work
on the maintenance of the bridge.
The maintenance schedule is shown below:
Re-lay asphalt every 20 years – 4 gangs of 4 operatives each.
Change turbine trees every 10 years – 2 gangs of 3 operatives each.
Change lighting every 5 years – 1 gang of 2 operatives.
Page | 159
Structural checks of concrete every 20 years – 5 gangs of 3 operatives each.
Cable maintenance every 10 years – 1 gang of 2 operatives.
Steel corrosion maintenance every 10 years – 1 gang of 2 operatives.
Replace pest repellent boxes every year – 1 operative
Therefore, overall there will be 41 permanent, part-time jobs.
Table 3.34. shows the data normalisation for ‘number of local jobs, permanent part-time’.
Table 3.34. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, permanent part-time’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0 1 - 3 4 - 70 71 - 200 >200
From Table 3.34, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘number of local jobs, permanent part-time’ has
scored A.
‘Number of local jobs, temporary full-time’ is based on the number of local employees required during
construction.
The number of employees needed for construction, going by the amount needed for the Oresund Link,
will be around 950 people. There are no floating bridge specialists in the area so they cannot be added.
Table 3.35. shows the data normalisation for ‘number of local jobs, temporary full-time’.
Table 3.35. Normalisation table for ‘number of local jobs, temporary full-time’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0 1 - 500 501 – 5000 5001 – 10,000 >10,000
From Table 3.35, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘number of local jobs, temporary full-time’ has
scored A.
Page | 160
Economic risk
‘Estimated direct cost of insurance taken out’ is based on the estimated amount taken out to insure
against severe weather damage, ship collision damage, road-vehicle collision damage & terrorist attack.
The insurance costs for these aspects are compiled into one contract with an estimated cost of around
£19 million based on the data from the Oresund Link.
Table 3.36. shows the data normalisation for ‘estimated direct cost of insurance taken out’.
Table 3.36. Normalisation table for ‘estimated direct cost of insurance taken out’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor practise Average Good
practise
Very good
practise
Data range >£100,000,000 £10,000,001
-
£100,000,000
£50,001 -
£10,000,000
£10,001 -
£50,000
£0 - £10,000
From Table 3.36, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘estimated direct cost of insurance taken out’
has scored PP.
‘Estimated Direct saving from insured events occurring’ is based on the data from the Oresund Link &
comes to approximately £158,000,000. [Appendix 1.2.3].
Table 3.37. shows the data normalisation for ‘estimated direct saving from insured events occurring’.
Table 3.37. Normalisation table for ‘estimated direct saving from insured events occurring’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 - £10,000 £10,001 -
£50,000
£50,001 -
£10,000,000
£10,000,001 -
£100,000,000
>£100,000,000
From Table 3.37, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘estimated direct saving from insured events
occurring’ has scored VGP.
Page | 161
‘Direct saving from insured not taken out’ will be negligible as insurance will be bought for all
foreseeable incidents.
Table 3.38. shows the data normalisation for ‘direct saving from insured not taken out’.
Table 3.38. Normalisation table for ‘direct saving from insured not taken out’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 - £1,000,000 £1,000,001
-
£50,000,000
£50,000,001 -
£200,000,000
£200,000,001
-
£700,000,000
>£700,000,000
From Table 3.38, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘direct saving from insured not taken out’ has
scored VPP.
‘Direct cost from uninsured event occurring’ is negligible as all foreseeable incidents are insured for.
Table 3.39. shows the data normalisation for ‘direct cost from uninsured event occurring’.
Table 3.39. Normalisation table for ‘direct cost from uninsured event occurring’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor practise Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£700,000,000 £200,000,001
-
£700,000,000
£50,000,001 -
£200,000,000
£1,000,001 -
£50,000,000
£0 -
£1,000,000
From Table 3.39, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘direct cost from uninsured event occurring’ has
scored VGP.
Financial investment
‘Investment from local sources’ will be negligible as all the government has noted that billions could be
funded for the project. As the project would only cost £55 million, the government could pay for the
whole project (Merrick, 2014).
Page | 162
Table 3.40. shows the data normalisation for ‘investment from local sources’.
Table 3.40. Normalisation table for ‘investment from local sources’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£5,000,000 £1,000,001
-
£5,000,000
£200,001 -
£1,000,000
£1 - £200,000 £0
From Table 3.40, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘investment from local sources’ has scored VGP.
‘Investment from non-local sources’ comes to approximately £55 million.
Table 3.41. shows the data normalisation for ‘investment from non-local sources’.
Table 3.41. Normalisation table for ‘investment from non-local sources’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 - £1,900,000 £1,900,001
-
£19,000,000
£19,000,001 -
£190,000,000
£190,000,001
-
£950,000,000
>£950,000,000
From Table 3.41, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘investment from non-local sources’ has scored
A.
3.8.3. – Normalisation of social indicators, the Solent Link
Health & Wellbeing
‘Noise impact’ will be based on the average noise impact of traffic to the nearest occupied space
(housing or business).
Page | 163
Nearest occupied space is housing on the Isle of Wight side which will be 75m away from the road. The
road noise impact throughout the day is shown below:
Lday – 23db (CALTRANS, 1998)
Levening – 19db (CALTRANS, 1998)
Lnight – 14db (CALTRANS, 1998)
Using the Average Road-Noise Impact Equation shown in Equation 3.43, the average impact of the
Solent Link road can be calculated.
Equation 3.43. Average Road-Noise Impact
Lden = 10log10[(12/24)*10(Lday/10)+(4/24)*10(Levening+5/10)+(8/24)*10(Lnight+10/10)]
Therefore, the average road-noise impact for the Solent Link is 23.5db.
Table 3.42. shows the data normalisation for ‘noise impact.
Table 3.42. Normalisation table for ‘noise impact’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >75db 56db –
75db
31db - 55db 21db – 30db 0db – 20db
From Table 3.42, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘noise impact’ has scored GP.
‘Light pollution’ will be around 20.9 mag/arcsec2 [Appendix 1.3.1]. This is because the lighting system on
the Solent Link will be similar to that on the Oresund Link.
Table 3.43. shows the data normalisation for ‘light pollution.
Page | 164
Table 3.43. Normalisation table for ‘light pollution’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range <19.4mag/arcsec2 19.4
mag/arcsec2
– 20.4
mag/arcsec2
20.5
mag/arcsec2 –
21.5
mag/arcsec2
21.6
mag/arcsec2 –
21.8
mag/arcsec2
>21.8
mag/arcsec2
From Table 3.43, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘light pollution’ has scored A.
‘Air quality’ is based on the approximate increase in air pollutants emitted from the increase of road-
traffic and pollutant reduction from the reduction in ferry travel.
The increase of air pollutants due to the increase in road-traffic is estimated to be around 30% (RAC
Foundation, 2014).
The estimated reduction in air pollutants comes to around 20% (Farrell, 2003).
Therefore, the overall increase in air pollutants due to the introduction of the Solent Link is about 10%.
Table 3.44. shows the data normalisation for ‘air quality’.
Table 3.44. Normalisation table for ‘air quality’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >30% increase 21%
increase –
30%
increase
11% increase –
20% increase
0% increase –
10% increase
<0%
reduction
From Table 3.44, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘air quality’ has scored GP.
Page | 165
Transport impact
‘Delay time’ is based on the delay of both road & marine transport during the bridge construction.
The delay time to shipping will be negligible because the construction method statement will have the
one side of the bridge built first which can support the main span, followed by the other side of the
bridge being built from the other side. This allows a constant shipping route throughout construction.
The only travel delay will be during the construction works to link the approach roads the Solent Link’s
road. It will be part of the construction method statement to have at least one lane open constantly
during works. Traffic on during this time will probably have to be controlled using a traffic light system.
The average delay from this will be around 3 minutes.
Therefore, the overall delay time will be around 3 minutes.
Table 3.45. shows the data normalisation for ‘delay time’.
Table 3.45. Normalisation table for ‘delay time’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >20 mins 11 mins –
20 mins
6 mins – 10
mins
3 mins – 5
mins
0 mins – 2
mins
From Table 3.45, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘delay time’ has scored GP.
‘Time saved’ is based on the average time for a car to pass over the Solent Link in comparison to how
long it takes to travel by ferry.
The travel time for a ferry trip is about 60 minutes (redfunnel.co.uk, 2016).
The estimated travel time for a car to pass over the Solent Link is based on an average speed of 50mph
over the distance of 1.9 miles. This equates to a travel time of around 2.5 minutes.
Therefore, the time saved due to the link is 57.5 minutes.
Table 3.46. shows the data normalisation for ‘time saved’.
Page | 166
Table 3.46. Normalisation table for ‘time saved’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0 mins – 2 mins 3 mins – 5
mins
6 mins – 11
mins
12 mins – 17
mins
> 17 mins
From Table 3.46, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘time saved’ has scored VGP.
Stakeholder engagement
‘Consideration of stakeholders’ is based on the group of stakeholders who will/will not be part of the
design/planning process for the bridge.
It will be planned to involve stakeholders similar to the Oresund Link’s designers/planners which is
shown below:
Regional & National Government. Part of design process.
Environmental Agency. Part of design process.
Local Residents. Informed of progress & plan.
Local business owners. Informed of progress & plan.
Tourists. Informed of progress & plan.
Therefore, the stakeholders are deemed as fully considered.
Table 3.47. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration of stakeholders’.
Table 3.47. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of stakeholders’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not considered - - - Considered
From Table 3.47, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of stakeholders’ has scored VGP.
Page | 167
Health & Safety
‘Risk assessment’ is based on the average score that the H&S risk assessment will achieve for the
construction, use, maintenance & design process.
These processes will be properly planned for in order to score an excellent in the risk assessment
process. Although, a floating bridge is unusual, it has been done before many times & therefore, there
should be no surprises or exceptions when planning for H&S procedures.
The risk assessment is based on a traffic light scoring system shown in Figure 3.24.
Table 3.48. shows the data normalisation for ‘risk assessment’.
Table 3.48. Normalisation table for ‘risk assessment’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 15 - 25 8 - 12 1 - 6 1 - 3 1 - 2
From Table 3.48, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘time due to accidents occurred’ has scored
VGP.
Figure 3.24. General risk assessment scoring system (keyedin.com, 2014)
Page | 168
Visual impact
‘Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics’ is based on how many of the 10 rules are conformed to in the design.
These rules are: fulfilment of function, proportions, order, refinement, integration into the environment,
surface texture, colour, character, complexity and incorporation of nature.
The Solent Link conforms with Shurbshall’s comments of the Oresund Link’s fulfilment of function “the
use of a cable-stayed bridge allows the structure and load paths to be seen clearly. The symmetry of the
cables about the piers gives a sense of balance seen in most cable-stayed bridges” (Shrubshall, 2000).
Proportionally, the Solent Link works well in that thin decks are proportionate with cable-stayed systems
as agreed with by Shrubshall “cable-stayed bridges look better with thinner decks and larger piers”
(Shrubshall, 2000).
Unfortunately, the Solent Link does not maintain a visual order. This is due to the raised deck in the
centre completely changing the bridges visual impact of staying low to the water’s surface.
However, in regards to refinement, the Solent Link’s main span does comply. The way the arch
compliments the curvature of the raised deck & tapers out conforms to the rule of refinement.
The Solent Link will definitely integrate into the environment. The way that the majority of the deck sits
low to the water surface represents the bridge’s attempts to protect the marine environment. In
addition, the curvature from a plan view integrates with the sea current.
The surface texture of the bridge will consist of good quality asphalt, concrete & steel which will be
maintained & therefore, conforms to the rule.
There will be no unusual colouring to the bridge due to the attempt to reduce maintenance costs. In
addition, painting of bridges can make them look more out-of-place & actually leaving them creates a
natural visual impact, much like the Oresund Link.
The arch system over the main span & the addition of the wind turbine trees will provide the bridge with
some character.
The main complexity of the bridge is the fact that it is floating. This can be seen by the way the deck
stays low to the water surface with no other fixed structural elements evident.
Page | 169
The incorporation of nature can be seen from the wind turbine trees. Due to the windy weather
conditions, it is not feasible to grow any plant-life on the bridge, therefore, the turbine trees give the
effect of a natural environment whilst clearly showing how they harness natures power for our gain.
Therefore, overall the Solent Link conforms to 9 of Leonhardt’s rules of aesthetics.
Table 3.49. shows the data normalisation for ‘Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics’.
Table 3.49. Normalisation table for ‘Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0 rules – 3
rules
4 rules – 5
rules
6 rules – 7
rules
8 rules – 9
rules
10 rules
From Table 3.49, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics’ has scored
GP.
Equality
‘Impact of racial equality’ is based on the plans to hire a construction/design/maintenance/demolition
company with completely equal employment policies as well as having equal employment on the toll
booths.
This will all be planned for throughout the bridge’s lifespan & is therefore, deemed conformed to.
Table 3.50. shows the data normalisation for ‘impact of racial equality’.
Table 3.50. Normalisation table for ‘impact of racial equality’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Doesn’t
conform
- - - Conforms
From Table 3.50, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘impact of racial equality’ has scored VGP.
Page | 170
‘Impact of gender equality’ is based on the plans to hire a construction/design/maintenance/demolition
company with completely equal employment policies as well as having equal employment on the toll
booths.
This will all be planned for throughout the bridge’s lifespan & is therefore, deemed conformed to.
Table 3.51. shows the data normalisation for ‘impact of gender equality’.
Table 3.51. Normalisation table for ‘impact of gender equality’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Doesn’t
conform
- - - Conforms
From Table 3.51, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘impact of gender equality’ has scored VGP.
‘Impact of disability equality’ is based on the plans to hire a
construction/design/maintenance/demolition company with completely equal employment policies as
well as having equal employment on the toll booths. It is also based on the design to allow for disabled
people to cross the bridge’s walkway.
The equal employment will be planned for throughout the bridge’s lifespan & is therefore, deemed
conformed to.
Unfortunately, it was not deemed feasible to build the main span arch with a suitable gradient for
wheelchairs & elderly people. However, two chair-lifts will be installed over the main span to allow
disabled people to cross. This issue is therefore, deemed conformed to.
Table 3.52. shows the data normalisation for ‘impact of disability equality’.
Table 3.52. Normalisation table for ‘impact of disability equality’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Doesn’t
conform
- - - Conforms
Page | 171
From Table 3.52, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘impact of disability equality’ has scored VGP.
‘Impact of age equality’ is based on the plans to hire a construction/design/maintenance/demolition
company with completely equal employment policies as well as having equal employment on the toll
booths. It is also based on the design to allow for elderly people to cross the bridge’s walkway.
The equal employment will be planned for throughout the bridge’s lifespan & is therefore, deemed
conformed to.
Unfortunately, it was not deemed feasible to build the main span arch with a suitable gradient for
wheelchairs & elderly people. However, two chair-lifts will be installed over the main span to allow
elderly people to cross. This issue is therefore, deemed conformed to.
Table 3.53. shows the data normalisation for ‘impact of age equality’.
Table 3.53. Normalisation table for ‘impact of age equality’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Doesn’t
conform
- - - Conforms
From Table 3.53, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘impact of age equality’ has scored VGP.
Consideration of social climate change
‘Consideration of traffic congestion increase’ is based on whether the design of the bridge has allowed
for the potential requirement for extra road lanes & extra boat space under the main span.
The road width has been designed so that if two extra lanes are required in the future, this is easily
achievable by removing the walk/cycle way. This is therefore considered.
The main span has a width of 20m which is plenty of room for at least 3 boats to pass & will not be
required to increase. Therefore, this is deemed considered.
Table 3.54. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration of traffic congestion increase’.
Page | 172
Table 3.54. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of traffic congestion increase’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not considered - - - Considered
From Table 3.54, it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of traffic congestion increase’ has
scored VGP.
3.9. – Stage 8-Results for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the Solent
Link
The results of the normalised indicator assessment are then compiled into a final table alongside their
respective weightings. Using this table, the sustainability scores for each sub-indicator, indicator,
sustainability pillar & finally overall project score can be broken down. This is shown in Table 3.55.
Table 3.55. Results table, the Solent Link
Sust
pillar
Indic Sub-indic Non-
weight
sust score
Weight
factor
Weight
sust
score
Tot indic
weight
sust score
Tot pillar
weight
sust score
Env Ecological
impact
Cost of
pres meas
VGP 0.9 0.9VGP 0.95VGP 3.35VGP
Saving of
pres meas
VGP 0.95 0.95VGP
Energy use CO2 GP 0.4 0.4GP 0.45VGP
Energy
saved
VGP 0.45 0.45VGP
Waste man Landfill VGP 0.40 0.40VGP 0.5VGP
Recycled VGP 0.45 0.45VGP
Re-used VPP 0.5 0.5VGP
Page | 173
Land use Free land A 0.6 0.6A 0.65VGP
Non-free
land
VGP 0.65 0.65VGP
Natural
material
Amount
used
PP 0.3 0.3PP 0.3PP
Consider
Env Climate
Change
Sea level VGP 0.8 0.8VGP 0.8VGP
Temp VGP 0.7 0.7VGP
Rainfall VGP 0.7 0.7VGP
Econ
Economic
impact
Direct cost A 0.9 0.9A 0.95VGP 2.6VGP
Indirect
cost
VGP 0.85 0.85VGP
Direct
income
VGP 0.95 0.95VGP
Indirect
income
A 0.85 0.85A
Employ Perm F/T A 0.85 0.85A 0.85A
Perm P/T A 0.8 0.8A
Temp F/T A 0.75 0.75A
Economic
risk
Cost insure PP 0.8 0.8PP 0.85VGP
Save event VGP 0.8 0.8VGP
Save insure VPP 0.7 0.7VPP
Cost event VGP 0.85 0.85VGP
Financial
investment
Local VGP 0.8 0.8VGP 0.8VGP
Non-local A 0.75 0.75A
Soc H&W Noise GP 0.8 0.8GP 0.85GP 3.7VGP
Light A 0.35 0.35A
Page | 174
Air GP 0.85 0.85GP
Transport
impact
Delay GP 0.9 0.9GP 0.95VGP
Time saved VGP 0.95 0.95VGP
Stake
Engage
Consider VGP 0.75 0.75VGP 0.75VGP
H&S RA VGP 0.65 0.65VGP 0.75GP
Visual
impact
Leonhardt
rules
GP 0.2 0.2GP 0.2GP
Equality Race VGP 0.35 0.35VGP 0.35VGP
Gender VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Disability VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Age VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Soc Climate
Change
Congestion
increase
VGP 0.9 0.9VGP 0.9VGP
Overall
sust
score
9.65VGP
Analysis of the table shows the overall sustainability score for the Solent Link is Very Good Practise. It
also shows that the project performed excellently in regards to all three sustainability pillars of
environment, economy & society. This is to be expected as the assessment was done during the design
stage of the project & therefore the most sustainable design options were chosen accordingly.
Going by individual indicators, the project performed excellently in almost all areas with some
exceptions. The Solent Link performed fairly well for the indicators Health & Wellbeing as well as Visual
Impact.
The link achieved an average score Employment. This is due to the fact that a lot of bridges implement a
toll booth & also have their standard maintenance jobs. It would be unsustainable to create extra work
& therefore cost purely to gain local employment.
Page | 175
The project only performed poorly in its use of natural materials. Unfortunately, the available natural
materials of timbre & masonry. were just not feasible for the project. Masonry would have been too
heavy as a main construction material & timbre would rot in the marine conditions.
3.10. – Stage 9-Visualisation for ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’, the
Solent Link
The scoring system is well represented by a ROSE plot visualisation wheel. The ROSE plot is shown in
Figure 3.25. The colours represent the individual scores of the sustainability pillars, their respective
indicators & sub-indicators. The colour of the centre circle represents the overall project score.
Figure 3.25. CBSA ROSE plot, the Solent Link
Key
Very good
Good practise
Average
Poor practise
Very poor
practise
Economy
Page | 176
3.11. – Brief summary of Chapter 3
Chapter 3 consisted of the full CBSA assessment of the proposed Solent Link. This begun with an initial
research stage which provided an in-depth understanding of the needs & aspirations of the Isle of Wight
which uncovered a general local consensus that some form of fixed link to the mainland was needed. In
fact, the proposal had gained enough weight to warrant members of parliament such as George
Osbourne looking into the matter. As well as the local aspiration for a fixed link, there were also
concerns, mainly based around the effect on the local ecology such as the Red Squirrel & the seagrass.
Therefore, some design options & alternatives were established.
These key design options were assessed for their comparable sustainability using the pairwise
comparison method. From this stage, it was determined that the most sustainable design option for the
link would be a floating bridge with a raised deck in the middle to allow ships to pass through. Once, this
was decided, the outline design for the rest of the bridge was completed.
The outline design gave a more in-depth detailed summary of certain aspects of the proposed bridge
such as location, connections to existing roads, land use, modes of transport, structural design & other
miscellaneous aspects such as pest control, renewable energy & disabled/elderly access. Next, several
basic design equations were completed in order to establish the sizes/strengths/quantities of certain
materials & structural elements would be required. Finally, several construction drawings were
completed in order to give a visual representation of the bridge.
Then, the newly designed bridge was assessed overall for its sustainability. This was expected to get a
high score because the design process had already been influenced by the CBSA model in order to
choose the most sustainable design options.
After analysing the results, the Solent Link scored as expected, Very Good Practise in almost every
aspect. However, there were some indicators/sub-indicators which didn’t achieve the highest score. This
was mainly because if the design had been changed to suit that aspect, a more crucial area of the design
would have had its sustainability impacted & overall would have actually reduced the score. This shows
that the model works through its weighting system. Sustainability is all about balancing the pillars to
achieve the ultimate best outcome.
Page | 177
Chapter 4 – Discussion
Chapter 4 will cover the overall discussion of the report & the details within it. A critical analysis
conducted by the author will thoroughly assess the good & bad points of the SA models that have been
compiled as well as the existing literature that led to their development. First, the discussion will look
back at the prior report ‘Sustainability Assessment of Road-Bridges’ by Serpell (2015), and debate
whether the conclusions & future recommendations from that report have been tackled is this report.
Following this, any other advances that the CBSA model has made from the NRBSA model will be
discussed. Finally, the direct results from the case-studies within this report will be evaluated.
4.1. – Critical analysis of the ‘New Road-Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model
in comparison with the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model
The conclusion & future recommendations chapter of Sustainability Assessment of Road-Bridges
(Serpell, 2015), addressed some good points & some issues with its own model (NRBSA) & put forward
some suggestions in order help the model improve. These advantages & disadvantages are listed below
& will be further discussed in this sub-chapter.
Advantages
The use of consistent units of measurement throughout assessment (monetary).
The use of different indicators when assessing a different stage of the project’s life-cycle.
The use of specific indicators & normalisation data for road-bridges rather than generic.
The importance of an initial research stage prior to assessment.
The advantages of a visualisation wheel in displaying results to the client.
Page | 178
Disadvantages
The need for more indicators in order to utilise the aggregation stage.
The representation of the indicator assessment process to the overall sustainability.
The need for more comparative data during the normalisation stage.
The need for a more objective approach to indicator weighting.
4.1.1. – Critical analysis of the ‘New Road-Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model advantages in
comparison with the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model advantages
The use of a consistent unit of measurement throughout the assessment process is good maintaining
comparability between individual indicators & sub-indicators. It is also useful if that unit of
measurement is also used for the scoring system such as in the ‘Sustainability Accounting’ model.
However, it is not absolutely necessary and can actually be seen as a waste of time & therefore money.
The client is not likely to want to see comparable results down to the accuracy of say £1 (if using
monetary values). Instead, they’d prefer to see the results on a Linkert Scale basis (Very Poor Practice –
Very Good Practice). Using a consistent unit of measurement can be time consuming as there will be
data that will have to be converted which can be difficult & also may impact that data’s overall result.
Instead, it would be preferable, for each indicator to be assessed using its usual unit of measurement &
then this can be normalised to a Linkert Scale which is kept consistent & used in the Results stage.
The use of different indicators when assessing a different stage in a project’s life-cycle is still good
practice. A great advantage of both the NRBSA & the CBSA models are their flexibility & adaptability to
different situations. In fact, this process has been shown in this report in that different indicators were
used in assessing the Oresund Link & the Solent Link because they were assessed in different stages. For
example, in the H&S indicator, a sub-indicator of ‘loss of time due to accidents’ was used for the already
built Oresund Bridge compared with a sub-indicator of ‘risk assessment’ for the Solent Link which was in
the design stage.
Similarly, the use of specific indicators & normalisation data are still used for different project’s
altogether. Just because two bridges are both road-bridges does not mean they can be assessed using
the exact same indicators & data. They will most likely have major differences in other aspects such as
their structural design.
Page | 179
The importance of the initial research stage is still shown in the CBSA model. It is the starting process
which affects the indicator selection & their respective weightings. It is the basis of the overall
sustainability of the project.
Finally, the advantages of the visualisation wheel are still valid. It provides an attractive whilst
informative outlook on the project’s results which will be appreciated by the client. However, there
were some changes to the look of the wheel for the CBSA model. This was purely done on an aesthetic
basis as the breakdown of the colours with the white background reduces confusion between indicator
scores. Figure 4.1. shows the visualisation wheel for the NRBSA model.
Stakeholder engage.
Econ
om
ic risk
Waste management
Key
Very good practise
Good practise
Average
Poor practise
Very poor practise
Figure 4.1. Visualisation wheel, NRBSA model (Serpell, 2015)
Page | 180
Figure 4.2. shows the visualisation wheel for the CBSA model.
Figure 4.2. Visualisation wheel, CBSA model
4.1.2. – Critical analysis of the ‘New Road-Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model disadvantages in
comparison with the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model disadvantages
The need for more indicators to be chosen for assessment has been shown in this report. The most sub-
indicators chosen for the NRBSA model in Serpell’s report (2015) was 16. The most sub-indicators
chosen for the CBSA model was 54. This amount of sub-indicators warranted the need for the
aggregation stage to reduce the amount of sub-indicators selected for assessment based on their
expected impact on the overall sustainability of the project. However, it would be good to see whether
Economy
Key
Very good
Good practise
Average
Poor practise
Very poor
practise
Page | 181
these aggregated sub-indicators would have affected the overall results. If they do, then it’s clear that
the aggregation stage has not been done properly. The un-aggregated assessments of the CBSA for the
Oresund & Solent Links will be tested in Chapter 4.3.
The representation of the indicator assessment process to the overall sustainability is based on whether
the indicator assessment is too simplistic or does not fully represent the project’s overall sustainability.
In reality, the simpler the assessment process, the better, as it shows model usability & reduces the risk
of human error. However, it is true that the assessment process must be representative of the overall
sustainability. Therefore, the indicators for the CBSA model have been carefully chosen to allow for this.
For example, the assessment of economic risk could be unrepresentative if purely based on insurance
cost & savings. That is why the cost & saving of insurance not taken out is also assessed so that the
impact of an uninsured event occurring is not ignored.
The need for more comparative data during the normalisation stage has still proven difficult but with
the introduction of complex bridges instead of purely road-bridges up for assessment, more
comparative data is available. For example, the Oresund Link is quite rare in that it is part tunnel & part
bridge. However, there are lots of examples of cable-stayed bridges, bridges with mixed transport
modes & obviously lots of immersed tunnels. Therefore, a lot more comparative data can be collected.
The need for a more objective approach in indicator weighting has partly been addressed in the
development of the CBSA model. Professional opinion is still required for the overall assessment of the
project, however, with the introduction of the design option comparison stage, the statistical pairwise
comparison method can be implemented in determining weightings & their consistency. This stage is
discussed further in Chapter 4.2.
4.2. – Critical analysis of further advances to the ‘New Road-Bridge
Sustainability Assessment’ model in the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability
Assessment’ model
The main advancement from the NRBSA model in the development of the CBSA model was the
introduction of the key design option comparison stage. A bridge’s overall sustainability can be greatly
influenced by the key design options that are chosen. For example, the design of a cable-stayed bridge
Page | 182
would have a very different sustainability score to the same bridge if it was designed as a suspension
bridge. Therefore, these options & their alternatives are identified & directly compared in regards to
sustainability. This way, it can be established whether or not the designers designed the most
sustainable bridge available. This stage is even more useful if the assessment is completed during the
design stage as it can directly influence the design options in order to build the most sustainable bridge.
Table 4.1 shows an example of the key design options for the assessment of the Oresund Link.
Table 4.1. Key design option table, the Oresund Link
De
sign
Op
tio
ns
Chosen Option Alternative
Truss/Slab deck combination with rail & road
lanes on different levels
Purely slab deck with rail & road lanes on
same level
Cable-stayed bridge Suspension bridge
Mainly pre-fab construction Mainly in-situ construction
Immerse tunnel sections Bore tunnel
Four pillars around corner of centre span Arch member between centre span
In addition, to allowing the designers to choose the most sustainable options, this stage also implements
the pairwise comparison method in assessing the comparative sustainability of each option. This is done
through choosing up to 10 of the main indicators which will determine the sustainability of the design
options & assessing their importance to each other. An example of the choosing process of the sub-
indicators is highlighted in Table 4.2.
Table 4.2. Pairwise comparison sub-indicator table, the Oresund Link
SI.1. SI.2. SI.3. SI.4. SI.5.
Consideration of
temperature
change
Consideration of
rainfall increase
Direct cost Visual impact Consideration of
traffic congestion
increase
The importance of each sub-indicator in comparison is scored on a nine-point scale & put into a matrix
format. The matrix is then normalised so that each weighting value lies between 0.00 & 1.00. This allows
Page | 183
for ease in the scoring process later on & provides a more representative set of weightings, rather than
a subjective choice. An example of a normalised weighting matrix is shown in Equation 4.1.
[ 0.391.870.281.421.04]
÷ 5 =
[ 0.080.370.060.280.21]
These values are then checked for their consistency. This is a good way to check that the subjective
matter of deciding on sub-indicator weightings is not inconsistent & therefore, unrepresentative.
Once the weightings have been determined as consistently chosen, the design options are then scored
on a 100-point scale which is then weighted & the overall score calculated to the determine the overall
sustainability scores of either option. The 100-point scale scoring is also done subjectively but in reality
it would be completed by a team of professionals. In addition, the overall score is dependent on the
weightings which have been checked for consistency. Table 4.3. shows the scoring of sub-indicators for
two design options.
Table 4.3. Design option scoring table
Actual deck design Alternative deck design
SI.1. 80 90
SI.2. 60 60
SI.3. 85 90
SI.4. 85 95
SI.5. 95 65
Table 4.4. shows the weighted scores of Table 4.3. & the design options overall sustainability scores.
Equation 4.1. Normalised weighting matrix, the Oresund Link
Page | 184
Table 4.4. Design option overall sustainability score table
Actual deck design score Alternative deck design score
SI.1. 80 x 0.08 90 x 0.08
SI.2. 60 x 0.37 60 x 0.37
SI.3. 85 x 0.06 90 x 0.06
SI.4. 85 x 0.28 95 x 0.28
SI.5. 95 x 0.21 65 x 0.21
Total score 77.45 75.05
4.3. – Critical analysis of the ‘Complex Bridge Sustainability Assessment’ model
case-study results
Individual analysis of each case-study’s results has already been competed in the results chapter for
each case-study. However, it was mentioned in Chapter 4.1. that it would be a good idea to compare the
results of each case-study with the un-aggregated assessment of their respective project assessment.
This would be a good way to test if the aggregation stage works & if it doesn’t, would it need improving
or removing it altogether.
4.3.1. – Un-aggregated assessment of the Oresund Link & critical analysis of results
There was a total of 12 aggregated sub-indicators for the CBSA of the Oresund Link. These are shown in
Table 4.5. alongside their respective weightings & indicator groups.
Page | 185
Table 4.5. Aggregated indicators/sub-indicators, the Oresund Link
Water use Amount of water wasted 0.15
Amount of water saved 0.10
Amount of water recycled 0.15
Consideration of economic climate change
Consideration of possible economic crash
0.10
Health & Wellbeing Vibration 0.15
Cultural heritage impact Cost of impact on listed structures
0.15
Cost of impact on protected land
0.15
Cost of impact on archaeological sites
0.15
Community facilities Loss of revenue from parking metres
0.15
Loss of revenue from parking fines
0.15
Loss of revenue from other community facilities
0.10
Income generated from community facilities
0.15
These sub-indicators will now be assessed and normalised.
Water use
‘Amount of water used’ is based on the volume of water that was used in the bridges construction (all
other life-cycle stages will be negligible).
There is no literature providing this information & there were no specialist tasks which required the use
of water so the estimated value will be taken from an average construction site of around the same size.
This comes to around 27,000m3 (BAM SMaRT RL, 2014).
Table 4.6. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of water used’.
Page | 186
Table 4.6. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water used’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >100,000m3 50,001m3 –
100,000m3
10,001m3 –
50,000m3
1001m3 –
10,000m3
0m3 – 1000m3
From Table 4.6., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of water used’ has scored A.
‘Amount of water saved’ will be based on the estimated volume of water that was saved due to design
options that reduced water usage.
There is no evidence for such choices being made and therefore, the results for water saved will be
negligible.
Table 4.7. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of water saved’.
Table 4.7. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water saved’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0m3 – 500m3 501m3 –
5000m3
5001m3 –
25,000m3
25,001m3 –
50,000m3
>50,000m3
From Table 4.7., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of water saved’ has scored VPP.
‘Amount of water recycled’ will be based on the volume of water saved whilst using any green
technology during construction or usage that use rainwater for other uses.
This amount will be negligible as no such technologies are evident in the Oresund Link’s construction.
Table 4.8. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of water recycled’.
Page | 187
Table 4.8. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water recycled’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0m3 – 500m3 501m3 –
5000m3
5001m3 –
25,000m3
25,001m3 –
50,000m3
>50,000m3
From Table 4.8., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of water recycled’ has scored VPP.
Consideration of economic climate change
‘Consideration of possible economic crash’ will be based on the evidence of any saved up funding to be
used in case of emergency so that the project does not stop if an economic crash was to happen.
Government funding & loans for the Oresund Link accounted for roughly 10% over the estimated
construction costs (dn.se, 2-14), enough to continue with the project to a certain point or at least to
invest into the area to help get the economy back on its feet. This is therefore, deemed considered.
Table 4.9. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration of possible economic crash’.
Table 4.9. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of possible economic crash’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not considered - - - Considered
From Table 4.9., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of possible economic crash’ has
scored VGP.
Health & Wellbeing
‘Vibration’ will be based on the measurement of vibrations during construction works.
The majority of vibration would come from the caisson drilling. The average vibration effect of drilling
caissons from 25ft is about 0.089 inch/sec (US Department of Transport, 1996). Therefore, the effect of
Page | 188
the caisson drilling to the nearest occupied structure (housing) would be 0.0007 inch/sec (less than a
millimetre) and is therefore regarded negligible.
Table 4.10. shows the data normalisation for ‘vibration’.
Table 4.10. Normalisation table for ‘vibration’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >0.2 in/s 0.021 in/s –
0.2 in/s
0.005 in/s –
0.02 in/s
0 in/s – 0.004
in/s
0 in/s
From Table 4.10., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘vibration’ has scored VGP.
Cultural heritage impact
‘Cost of impact on listed structures’ will be based on the financial cost of any damages/renovations to
listed structures.
There were no listed structures on the site so this is deemed negligible.
Table 4.11. shows the data normalisation for ‘cost of impact on listed structures’.
Table 4.11. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on listed structures’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£20,000 £5001 -
£20,000
£101 - £5000 £1 - £100 £0
From Table 4.11., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘cost of impact on listed structures’ has scored
VGP.
‘Cost of impact on protected land’ will be based on the financial cost of any damages/renovations to
protected land.
There was no protected land on the site so this is deemed negligible.
Page | 189
Table 4.12. shows the data normalisation for ‘cost of impact on protected land’.
Table 4.12. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on protected land’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£10,000 £3001 -
£10,000
£101 - £3000 £1 - £100 £0
From Table 4.12., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘cost of impact on protected land’ has scored
VGP.
‘Cost of impact on archaeological sites’ will be based on the financial cost of any damages/renovations
to archaeological sites.
There were no archaeological sites discovered, although there were some un-activated bombs from the
WWII era. However, these had to be detonated in a controlled manner & did not have any financial cost
on the project. Therefore, this is deemed negligible.
Table 4.13. shows the data normalisation for ‘cost of impact on archaeological sites’.
Table 4.13. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on archaeological sites’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£30,000 £10,001 -
£30,000
£501 - £10,000 £1 - £500 £0
From Table 4.13., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘cost of impact on archaeological sites’ has
scored VGP.
Community facilities
‘Loss of revenue from parking metres’ will be based on the financial loss due to parking metres if a car
park had been destroyed.
Page | 190
No car parks were destroyed in the construction of the Oresund Link & therefore, this is deemed
negligible.
Table 4.14. shows the data normalisation for ‘loss of revenue from parking metres’.
Table 4.14. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from parking metres’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£10,000 £1001 -
£10,000
£101 - £1000 £1 - £100 £0
From Table 4.14., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘loss of revenue from parking metres’ has
scored VGP.
‘Loss of revenue from parking fines’ will be based on the financial loss due to parking spaces if a car park
had been destroyed.
No car parks were destroyed in the construction of the Oresund Link & therefore, this is deemed
negligible.
Table 4.15. shows the data normalisation for ‘loss of revenue from parking fines’.
Table 4.15. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from parking fines’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£7000 £1001 -
£7000
£101 - £1000 £1 - £100 £0
From Table 4.15., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘loss of revenue from parking fines’ has scored
VGP.
‘Loss of revenue from other community facilities’ will be based on the financial loss due to any other
community facilities being destroyed.
Page | 191
No community facilities were destroyed in the construction of the Oresund Link & therefore, this is
deemed negligible.
Table 4.16. shows the data normalisation for ‘loss of revenue from other community facilities’.
Table 4.16. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from other community facilities’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£1000 £501 -
£1000
£51 - £500 £1 - £50 £0
From Table 4.16., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘loss of revenue from other community
facilities’ has scored VGP.
‘Income generated from community facilities’ will be based on the financial gain from the introduction
of any new community facilities as part of the project.
No community facilities were built in the construction of the Oresund Link & therefore, this is deemed
negligible.
Table 4.17. shows the data normalisation for ‘income generated from community facilities’.
Table 4.17. Normalisation table for ‘income generated from community facilities’, the Oresund Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 £1 - £50 £51 - £500 £501 - £1000 >£1000
From Table 4.17., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘income generated from community facilities’
has scored VPP.
These new results are now added to the overall results table so that it can be assessed whether or not
they make any difference to the overall sustainability score of the Oresund Link. The results table is
shown in Table 4.18.
Page | 192
Table 4.18. Un-aggregated results table, the Oresund Link
Sust
pillar
Indic Sub-indic Non-
weight
sust score
Weight
factor
Weight
sust
score
Tot indic
weight
sust score
Tot pillar
weight
sust score
Env Ecological
impact
Cost of
pres meas
VGP 0.8 0.8VGP 0.9VGP 2.3VGP
Saving of
pres meas
VGP 0.85 0.85VGP
Cost of
impact
VGP 0.9 0.9VGP
Energy use CO2 PP 0.4 0.4PP 0.45VPP
Energy
saved
VPP 0.45 0.45VPP
Waste man Landfill VGP 0.40 0.40VGP 0.5VGP
Recycled VGP 0.45 0.45VGP
Re-used VGP 0.5 0.5VGP
Land use Free land VGP 0.65 0.6VGP 0.65A
Non-free
land
A 0.65 0.65A
Water use Water used A 0.15 0.15A 0.15VPP
Water
saved
VPP 0.10 0.10VPP
Water
recycled
VPP 0.15 0.15VPP
Natural
material
Amount
used
VGP 0.3 0.3VGP 0.3VGP
Consider
Env Climate
Change
Sea level VGP 0.5 0.5VGP 0.6VGP
Temp VGP 0.6 0.6VGP
Rainfall VGP 0.6 0.6VGP
Page | 193
Econ
Economic
impact
Direct cost GP 0.9 0.9GP 0.95A 1.8GP
Indirect
cost
A 0.85 0.85A
Direct
income
A 0.9 0.95A
Indirect
income
GP 0.85 0.85GP
Employ Perm F/T GP 0.95 0.95GP 0.95GP
Perm P/T A 0.9 0.9A
Temp F/T A 0.85 0.85A
Economic
risk
Cost insure PP 0.8 0.8PP 0.85GP
Save event VGP 0.8 0.8VGP
Save insure PP 0.7 0.7PP
Cost event GP 0.85 0.85GP
Financial
investment
Local A 0.8 0.8A 0.8A
Non-local GP 0.75 0.75GP
Consider Ec
Climate
Change
Economic
crash
VGP 0.1 0.1VGP 0.1VGP
Soc H&W Noise A 0.8 0.8A 0.85VGP 4VGP
Light A 0.35 0.35A
Vibration VGP 0.15 0.15VGP
Air VGP 0.85 0.85VGP
Transport
impact
Delay VGP 0.9 0.9VGP 0.95GP
Time saved GP 0.95 0.95GP
Consider VGP 0.6 0.6VGP 0.6VGP
Page | 194
Stake
Engage
Complaints VGP 0.6 0.6VGP
H&S Loss time GP 0.65 0.65GP 0.65GP
Cul Herr Listed build VGP 0.15 0.15VGP 0.15VGP
Land VGP 0.15 0.15VGP
Archeol site VGP 0.15 0.15VGP
Visual
impact
Leonhardt
rules
VGP 0.2 0.2VGP 0.2VGP
Comm facil Parking
meter
VGP 0.15 0.15VGP 0.15VGP
Parking fine VGP 0.15 0.15VGP
Other cost VGP 0.10 0.10VGP
Income VGP 0.15 0.15VGP
Equality Race VGP 0.35 0.35VGP 0.35VGP
Gender VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Disability VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Age VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Education GDP spent VGP 0.8 0.8VGP 0.8VGP
Soc Climate
Change
Congestion
increase
VGP 0.9 0.9VGP 0.9VGP
Overall
sust
score
6.3VGP
From analysing the table, it can be seen that the addition of the once aggregated sub-indicators that
there has been no real change to the overall score, except for a slight increase in the numerical
weighting of the Very Good Practice score. This means that for the CBSA of the Oresund Link, the
aggregation stage worked in saving time & effort.
Page | 195
4.3.2. – Un-aggregated assessment of the Solent Link & critical analysis of results
There was a total of 12 aggregated sub-indicators for the CBSA of the Solent Link. These are shown in
Table 4.19. alongside their respective weightings & indicator groups.
Table 4.19. Aggregated indicators/sub-indicators, the Solent Link
Water use Amount of water wasted 0.15
Amount of water saved 0.10
Amount of water recycled 0.15
Consideration of economic climate change
Consideration of possible economic crash
0.10
Health & Wellbeing Vibration 0.15
Cultural heritage impact Cost of impact on listed structures
0.15
Cost of impact on protected land
0.15
Cost of impact on archaeological sites
0.15
Community facilities Loss of revenue from parking metres
0.15
Loss of revenue from parking fines
0.15
Loss of revenue from other community facilities
0.10
Income generated from community facilities
0.15
These sub-indicators will now be assessed and normalised.
Water use
‘Amount of water used’ will be based on the estimated volume of water that will be used in the bridges
construction (all other life-cycle stages will be negligible).
Page | 196
There are no specialist needs for water use for the project so the estimated value will be taken from an
average construction site of around the same size. This comes to around 2700m3 (BAM SMaRT RL, 2014)
Table 4.20. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of water used’.
Table 4.20. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water used’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >50,000m3 25,001m3 –
50,000m3
2001m3 –
25,000m3
501m3 –
2000m3
0m3 – 500m3
From Table 4.20., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of water used’ has scored A.
‘Amount of water saved’ will be based on the estimated volume of water that will be saved due to
design choices which reduce the use of water.
There are no areas of construction which require excessive water use & therefore, no design choices
have been made to save water. Therefore, the results for water saved will be negligible.
Table 4.21. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of water saved’.
Table 4.21. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water saved’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0m3 – 200m3 201m3 –
3000m3
3001m3 –
15,000m3
15,001m3 –
30,000m3
>30,000m3
From Table 4.21., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of water saved’ has scored VPP.
‘Amount of water recycled’ will be based on the volume of water saved whilst using any green
technology during construction or usage that use rainwater for other uses.
There are no feasible areas of the bridge which require rainwater harvesting & therefore the amount of
water recycled for the Solent Link is deemed negligible.
Page | 197
Table 4.22. shows the data normalisation for ‘amount of water recycled’.
Table 4.22. Normalisation table for ‘amount of water recycled’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range 0m3 – 200m3 201m3 –
3000m3
3001m3 –
15,000m3
15,001m3 –
30,000m3
>30,000m3
From Table 4.22., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘amount of water recycled’ has scored VPP.
Consideration of economic climate change
‘Consideration of possible economic crash’ will be based on any saved up funding that could be used in
case of emergency so that the project does not stop if an economic crash was to happen.
Government funding have already said that they would pledge billions into the project which will only
cost around £55 million & therefore, there could easily be enough emergency back-up money put to the
side for such an event. This is therefore, deemed considered.
Table 4.23. shows the data normalisation for ‘consideration of possible economic crash’.
Table 4.23. Normalisation table for ‘consideration of possible economic crash’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range Not considered - - - Considered
From Table 4.23., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘consideration of possible economic crash’ has
scored VGP.
Health & Wellbeing
‘Vibration’ will be based on the estimated measurement of vibrations during construction works.
The majority of vibration would come from the foundation works for the raised section over the Lepe
car park. These works would require large excavators which produce an average vibration effect of
Page | 198
about 0.089 inch/sec from 25ft (US Department of Transport, 1996). Therefore, the effect of the
foundation works to the nearest occupied structure (car park) would be 0.089 inch/sec.
Table 4.24. shows the data normalisation for ‘vibration’.
Table 4.24. Normalisation table for ‘vibration’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >0.2 in/s 0.021 in/s –
0.2 in/s
0.005 in/s –
0.02 in/s
0 in/s – 0.004
in/s
0 in/s
From Table 4.24., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘vibration’ has scored PP.
Cultural heritage impact
‘Cost of impact on listed structures’ will be based on the financial cost of any damages/renovations to
listed structures.
There are no listed structures on the site so this is deemed negligible.
Table 4.25. shows the data normalisation for ‘cost of impact on listed structures’.
Table 4.25. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on listed structures’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£20,000 £5001 -
£20,000
£101 - £5000 £1 - £100 £0
From Table 4.25., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘cost of impact on listed structures’ has scored
VGP.
‘Cost of impact on protected land’ will be based on the financial cost of any damages/renovations to
protected land.
There is no protected land on the site so this is deemed negligible.
Page | 199
Table 4.26. shows the data normalisation for ‘cost of impact on protected land’.
Table 4.26. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on protected land’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£10,000 £3001 -
£10,000
£101 - £3000 £1 - £100 £0
From Table 4.26., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘cost of impact on protected land’ has scored
VGP.
‘Cost of impact on archaeological sites’ will be based on the financial cost of any damages/renovations
to archaeological sites.
There are no discovered archaeological sites on the construction site, however, it cannot be promised
that some will not be discovered in the excavation process. However, there is such little excavation
within the project scope that it is highly unlikely. This is deemed negligible but should be assessed post-
construction to get a more accurate result.
Table 4.27. shows the data normalisation for ‘cost of impact on archaeological sites’.
Table 4.27. Normalisation table for ‘cost of impact on archaeological sites’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£30,000 £10,001 -
£30,000
£501 - £10,000 £1 - £500 £0
From Table 4.27., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘cost of impact on archaeological sites’ has
scored VGP.
Community facilities
‘Loss of revenue from parking metres’ will be based on the financial loss due to parking metres if a car
park had been destroyed.
Page | 200
There is a car park on the Lepe side of the bridge, however the design has allowed for it to stay in
business unaffected by rising the bridge over the car park. Therefore, the financial loss is negligible.
Table 4.28. shows the data normalisation for ‘loss of revenue from parking metres’.
Table 4.28. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from parking metres’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£10,000 £1001 -
£10,000
£101 - £1000 £1 - £100 £0
From Table 4.28., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘loss of revenue from parking metres’ has
scored VGP.
‘Loss of revenue from parking fines’ will be based on the financial loss due to parking spaces if a car park
had been destroyed.
There is a car park on the Lepe side of the bridge, however the design has allowed for it to stay in
business unaffected by rising the bridge over the car park. Therefore, the financial loss is negligible.
Table 4.29. shows the data normalisation for ‘loss of revenue from parking fines’.
Table 4.29. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from parking fines’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£7000 £1001 -
£7000
£101 - £1000 £1 - £100 £0
From Table 4.29., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘loss of revenue from parking fines’ has scored
VGP.
‘Loss of revenue from other community facilities’ will be based on the financial loss due to any other
community facilities being destroyed.
Page | 201
There are no other community facilities on the construction site & therefore, the loss of revenue is
deemed negligible.
Table 4.30. shows the data normalisation for ‘loss of revenue from other community facilities’.
Table 4.30. Normalisation table for ‘loss of revenue from other community facilities’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range >£1000 £501 -
£1000
£51 - £500 £1 - £50 £0
From Table 4.30., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘loss of revenue from other community
facilities’ has scored VGP.
‘Income generated from community facilities’ will be based on the financial gain from the introduction
of any new community facilities as part of the project.
No community facilities will be built in the construction of the Solent Link & therefore, this is deemed
negligible.
Table 4.31. shows the data normalisation for ‘income generated from community facilities’.
Table 4.31. Normalisation table for ‘income generated from community facilities’, the Solent Link
Sustainability
score
Very poor practise Poor
practise
Average Good practise Very good
practise
Data range £0 £1 - £50 £51 - £500 £501 - £1000 >£1000
From Table 4.31., it can be said that the sub-indicator of ‘income generated from community facilities’
has scored VPP.
These new results are now added to the overall results table so that it can be assessed whether or not
they make any difference to the overall sustainability score of the Solent Link. The results table is shown
in Table 4.32.
Page | 202
Table 4.32. Un-aggregated results table, the Solent Link
Sust
pillar
Indic Sub-indic Non-
weight
sust score
Weight
factor
Weight
sust
score
Tot indic
weight
sust score
Tot pillar
weight
sust score
Env Ecological
impact
Cost of
pres meas
VGP 0.8 0.8VGP 0.9VGP 2.3VGP
Saving of
pres meas
VGP 0.85 0.85VGP
Cost of
impact
VGP 0.9 0.9VGP
Energy use CO2 PP 0.4 0.4PP 0.45VPP
Energy
saved
VPP 0.45 0.45VPP
Waste man Landfill VGP 0.40 0.40VGP 0.5VGP
Recycled VGP 0.45 0.45VGP
Re-used VGP 0.5 0.5VGP
Land use Free land VGP 0.65 0.6VGP 0.65A
Non-free
land
A 0.65 0.65A
Water use Water used A 0.15 0.15A 0.15VPP
Water
saved
VPP 0.10 0.10VPP
Water
recycled
VPP 0.15 0.15VPP
Natural
material
Amount
used
VGP 0.3 0.3VGP 0.3VGP
Consider
Env Climate
Change
Sea level VGP 0.5 0.5VGP 0.6VGP
Temp VGP 0.6 0.6VGP
Rainfall VGP 0.6 0.6VGP
Page | 203
Econ
Economic
impact
Direct cost GP 0.9 0.9GP 0.95A 1.8GP
Indirect
cost
A 0.85 0.85A
Direct
income
A 0.9 0.95A
Indirect
income
GP 0.85 0.85GP
Employ Perm F/T GP 0.95 0.95GP 0.95GP
Perm P/T A 0.9 0.9A
Temp F/T A 0.85 0.85A
Economic
risk
Cost insure PP 0.8 0.8PP 0.85GP
Save event VGP 0.8 0.8VGP
Save insure PP 0.7 0.7PP
Cost event GP 0.85 0.85GP
Financial
investment
Local A 0.8 0.8A 0.8A
Non-local GP 0.75 0.75GP
Consider Ec
Climate
Change
Economic
crash
VGP 0.1 0.1VGP 0.1VGP
Soc H&W Noise A 0.8 0.8A 0.85VGP 4VGP
Light A 0.35 0.35A
Vibration PP 0.15 0.15PP
Air VGP 0.85 0.85VGP
Transport
impact
Delay VGP 0.9 0.9VGP 0.95GP
Time saved GP 0.95 0.95GP
Consider VGP 0.6 0.6VGP 0.6VGP
Page | 204
Stake
Engage
Complaints VGP 0.6 0.6VGP
H&S Loss time GP 0.65 0.65GP 0.65GP
Cul Herr Listed build VGP 0.15 0.15VGP 0.15VGP
Land VGP 0.15 0.15VGP
Archeol site VGP 0.15 0.15VGP
Visual
impact
Leonhardt
rules
VGP 0.2 0.2VGP 0.2VGP
Comm facil Parking
meter
VGP 0.15 0.15VGP 0.15VGP
Parking fine VGP 0.15 0.15VGP
Other cost VGP 0.10 0.10VGP
Income VGP 0.15 0.15VGP
Equality Race VGP 0.35 0.35VGP 0.35VGP
Gender VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Disability VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Age VGP 0.35 0.35VGP
Education GDP spent VGP 0.8 0.8VGP 0.8VGP
Soc Climate
Change
Congestion
increase
VGP 0.9 0.9VGP 0.9VGP
Overall
sust
score
6.3VGP
From analysing the table, it can be seen that the addition of the once aggregated sub-indicators that
there has been no real change to the overall score, except for a slight increase in the numerical
weighting of the Very Good Practice score. This means that for the CBSA of the Solent Link, the
aggregation stage worked in saving time & effort.
Page | 205
Conclusions
Chapter 1 of this report covered a review of existing literature into the subject matter of sustainability
assessment. However, rather than going into in-depth detail on how on the indicator selection &
assessment process like in The Sustainability Assessment of Road-Bridges (Serpell, 2015), the literature
review in this report explored two different SA models which both had methodologies which
contributed to the development of the CBSA model. In addition, a critical analysis report by Shrubshall
(2015) was also reviewed, as it discussed the details of the Oresund Bridge, which was to be one of the
case-studies that this report was to assess.
Chapter 1.1. looked into the sustainability assessment of the Penang Second Bridge using the Analytical
Hierarchy Process. Although it was interesting to see the review of the bridge itself, the part that was
most integral to the writing of this report was the AHP method itself. The AHP method collects
weighting values for sub-indicators through professional opinion like most models. However, it was
different in that it compared each sub-indicator to all other sub-indicators on how significant either one
was to the overall sustainability of the project. This was done using a nine-point weighting scale shown
in Table 1.1.
These values are then put in a matrix format & normalised so that each sub-indicator has a weighting
value between 0.00 & 1.00.
These values are then also checked for their consistency which gets rid of any doubt that the subjective
manner in choosing the weightings affects the overall sustainability of the project. If the Consistency
Ratio (CR) value is less than 0.1, the weightings are deemed consistent & can be used in the scoring
process.
Table 11. Fundamental scales for pairwise comparison (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 206
Each indicator is scored on a 0-10 point scale determining how significant the indicator is to the project’s
overall sustainability. This table is shown in Table 1.3.
These indicator scores are then multiplied by their respective weightings to get their overall
sustainability score.
This method has been implemented in the development of the CBSA model and has vastly improved its
reliability, purely by adding a sense of statistical evaluation & consistency checking.
Chapter 1.2. reviewed the SUSAIP assessment of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region Bridge
foundations. This piece of literature was useful in that it clearly stated the stages of its working method.
This working method actually proved to be very similar to that of the NRBSA model which was
refreshing. The two main points that were taken away from this literature in the development of the
CBSA model were the use of different indicator assessment tactics & also the fact that it assessed the
key design options of the bridges foundations.
The various indicator assessment methods are highlighted below.
Method A – Credit-based scoring system
Used for indicators which are difficult to quantify such as visual impact, H&S etc.
Method B – Scaled scoring
Suitable for indicators with upper and lower boundary limits set by legislation, guidelines, quality
objectives etc. Values assigned proportionally based on designer’s judgement.
Table 12.3. Direct indicator score levels (Yadollahi et al., 2014)
Page | 207
Method C – Benchmark comparison
Suitable for indicators which are not related to statutory guidelines for sustainability performance such
as direct cost and land acquisition. Percentage of performance improvement is compared for two or
more options.
Method D – Flow chart credit system
Similar to a credit-based scoring system but a flow chart is used. An example is shown in Figure 1.7.
Method E – Subjective marking
Scores are purely based on assessor’s own judgement.
This helped in the development of the CBSA model as it was a realisation that if various indicator
assessment methods can be used for different types of indicators & their different units of
measurement, then a consistent unit of measurement would not have to be kept to. This saves time &
money as well as reducing the risk of human error.
In addition, the fact that the literature assessed the bridge foundation design options individually led to
the additional CBSA working stage of establishing & individually assessing design options for all projects.
Figure 1.7. Flow chart credit system example (Ugwu et al., 2006)
Page | 208
The final piece of literature that was looked at was the critical analysis of the Oresund Bridge. Although,
it wasn’t a sustainability assessment, it provided an in-depth review of the bridge which ended up being
one of the case-study projects. The main difficulty in sustainability assessment is collecting the intricate
data of the project and this literature gave insight into a lot of it.
The critical analysis reviewed the following areas of the Oresund Bridge:
Planning
Aesthetics
Construction method
Durability (structure)
The future of the bridge
All of these areas are included in sustainability assessment & therefore, the literature proved extremely
helpful.
Chapter 1.4. includes the development of the CBSA model using the previously mentioned literature
review. This was done by first adapting the NRBSA model to cater to not only bridges other than road-
bridges but complex bridges. This mainly consist of large bridges with a huge impact on the surrounding
environment & bridges with rare/unusual designs. The newly adapted NRBSA model was then improved
overall through the introduction of the design option comparison stage, the addition of more sub-
indicators which led to the implementation of the aggregation stage as well as an improved visualisation
wheel. The working methodology of the CBSA model was developed and is shown below.
Stage 1 – Initial research
Research of the bridges location will determine the sustainability ‘needs’ relative to that location. For
example, if the area is extremely urbanised, then environmental measures will be given high priority in
assessing the new bridge (Serpell, 2015).
Stage 2 – Indicator selection
Suitable indicators and sub-indicators will be selected for both the key design options and the rest of the
bridge and are based on Stage 1 (Serpell, 2015).
Page | 209
Stage 3 – Indicator weighting
The link’s indicators will be weighted according to their significance to its overall sustainability (Serpell,
2015).
Stage 4 – Indicator aggregation
A minimum weighting limit will be established and any indicators which fall below this limit in regards to
weighting value will be extracted from the assessment process. This is to save time and money by
ignoring insignificant indicators (Serpell, 2015).
Stage 5 – Identifying key design options
Key design options will be identified such as foundations, transport types etc. These options will have
significant effect on the overall sustainability of the bridge and therefore, the choice of the more
sustainable option is of vital importance. Examples of these are shown in Chapter 1.2.1.
Stage 6 – Pairwise comparison of key design options
The options identified in Stage 2 are compared using pairwise comparison. Consistency is also checked
using the consistency ratio method. Examples of this are shown in Chapter 1.1.1.
Stage 7 – Normalised indicator assessment
Once the most sustainable design options have been identified and the rest of the bridge has been
weighted, their sustainability (along with the rest of the bridge) will be assessed on a more general
basis, like in the NRBSA model. The normalisation will use the scaled scoring method (Serpell, 2015).
Stage 8 – Results
The resulting weighted scores will be put into a table format like in the NRBSA model which will give
detailed information of the entire assessment process (Serpell, 2015).
Stage 9 – Visualisation
Finally, the results will be integrated into a ROSE plot for presentation (Serpell, 2015).
This method was finally used to assess both the Oresund Link (case-study 1) & the proposed Solent Link
(case-study 2). Each case-study is individually analysed within their respective chapters. However, one
Page | 210
main difference between the two case-studies is that they are done in different stages of the project’s
life-cycle. The post-construction analysis of the Oresund Link allows people to see what went well, what
went poorly & what can be improved upon. The fact that the link has been built means that most of the
data is accurate rather than estimated & gives a better representation. Although, a lot of the data for
the Solent Link assessment is estimated (as it is done during the design stage), it still gives a good
representation & allows the designer to choose the most sustainable design options prior to building the
bridge.
Page | 211
Future recommendations
The main aim for any future advancement of the CBSA model is to move it from just an academic
research report & begin to create a useable business model which can be implemented & sold to
consulting & contracting companies for their projects.
It is highly unlikely that companies would want to purchase such service unless it was legally required or
it provided benefits to their company. There has already been an influx of buildings achieving BREEAM
awards which have given the designers & contactors a brilliant representation & have led to them
getting more contracts. Arup’s SPeAR model has begun to do this for infrastructure projects. Therefore,
there is a market for it. The CBSA model would just need to get a few big projects to establish itself as a
good option for companies to choose.
In order to help the model get more contracts, its usability needs to be improved so that it can be done
quickly & efficiently. This can be done by several means.
Ugwu et al. (2006) mentioned the use of an engineering analysis sheet in their methodology for the
SUSAIP model. Such a sheet could not only help the assessor in gathering data but could actually be
used to allow the client to fill the sheet like a survey. However, if this was the case, measures would
have to be taken in order to reduce the risk of the client fabricating data for a better end result.
In addition, there is already a computer programme which allows the assessor to complete the AHP &
pairwise comparison process quickly & with minimal risk of errors. If this programme was used, it would
also be possible for every sub-indicator to be compared rather than just up to 10, as in the design option
comparison stage.
Finally, a group of professionals & experts on complex bridge design, construction, use, maintenance &
demolition need to be hired so that reliable weightings & scores are established.
Page | 212
References
$12.5 million for life time. US Congress. (2002). Congressional Record, Volume 151. [online].
Available at:
https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=oj5jAMspUfAC&pg=PA10632&lpg=PA10632&dq=cost+bridge+
terrorist+attack+insurance&source=bl&ots=DzNKF_Pyqa&sig=zSpALMs-
xVXEsSXOqMylA6ReSBo&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjoqab1s8DLAhUEeg8KHasTBGAQ6AEIIzAB#v=o
nepage&q=cost%20bridge%20terrorist%20attack%20insurance&f=false [Accessed 14/03/16]
Agrifood. (2014). Price Premiums for providing eco-labelled seafood. [online]. Available at:
http://www.agrifood.se/Files/AgriFood_WP20144.pdf [Accessed 24/03/16]
American.edu. (2016). The Oresund Link. [online]. Available at:
http://www1.american.edu/ted/ORESUND.HTM [Accessed 24/03/16]
Archiexpo.com. (2016). The disabled platform stair-lift/Standard. [online]. Available at:
http://www.archiexpo.com/prod/thyssenkrupp-access/product-61349-265757.html [Accessed
16/04/16]
BAM Nuttall. (2014). Rocky Lane Cost Assessment Database.
BBC. (2013). Could these five projects improve life in the UK? [online]. Available at:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/magazine-23587557 [Accessed 12/04/16]
BBC. (2014). IFCA by-laws protect sea bed from trawlers. [online]. Available at:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-england-26009060 [Accessed 12/04/16]
BIS. (2010). ESTIMATING THE AMOUNT OF CO2 EMISSIONS THAT THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
CAN INFLUENCE. [online]. Available at:
https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/31737/10-1316-
estimating-co2-emissions-supporting-low-carbon-igt-report.pdf [Accessed 24/03/16]
Page | 213
Bridgeinsurance.co.uk. (2016). Health & Safety and Risk Management Services. [online]. Available at:
http://www.bridgeinsurance.co.uk/services/risk-management [Accessed 11/03/16]
CALTRANS. (1998). Technical Noise Supplement. [online]. Available at:
http://www.strongsville.org/content/documents/ODOT_Ch_3_Fundamentals_of_Highway_Traffic_
Noise.pdf [Accessed 25/03/16]
Campbell, A.J. (2009). A multi-criteria approach for rating roadway sustainability (Electronic Theses,
Treatises and Dissertations). Paper 99. [online] Available at: http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/etd/99
[Accessed 17/04/16]
Capreform.eu (2008). Farm Land Price Boom. [online]. Available at: http://capreform.eu/farm-land-
price-boom/ [Accessed 03/03/16]
Christopher. (2015). Unbated mean sea-level rise over the satellite altimeter era. [online]. Available
at: http://www.nature.com/nclimate/journal/v5/n6/full/nclimate2635.html [Accessed 24/03/16]
Co2-e-race.blogspot.co.uk. (2014). Largest parade of cars – Over a bridge. [online]. Available at:
http://co2-e-race.blogspot.co.uk/2014/08/largest-parade-of-electric-cars-over.html [Accessed
06/03/16]
Datajembatan (2015). Penang II (Sultan Abdul Halim Muadzam Shah) Bridge. [online] Available at:
http://www.datajembatan.com/idx/192508d816bd12cf54f16b3599f4edab4b94da109c26db0976b9
1593e199a1da3185422c0418f4fcbf708f244a54cdfb9a6f9d5ce9ff [Accessed 06/12/15]
Delphiayachts.eu. (2016). Delphia 40.3 Technical Data. [online]. Available at:
http://en.delphiayachts.eu/yacht/delphia-40-3/technical-data [Accessed 15/04/16]
Denmarktour.org. (2016). Bridge from Denmark to Sweden. [online] Available at:
https://www.bing.com/images/search?q=%c3%96resund+Bridge&view=detailv2&id=C28516A2A889
Page | 214
0D0EDDC4FF466ED6C2D6B69FB712&selectedindex=24&ccid=5vYJzyyn&simid=60799363424570929
5&thid=OIP.Me6f609cf2ca7fc147d8145321976858bH0&mode=overlay&first=1 [Accessed 19/01/16]
Dezeen.com. (2015). Dezeen’s A-Zvent Calandar: Oresund Bridge by ASO Group. [online] Available
at: http://www.dezeen.com/2015/12/15/dezeens-a-z-advent-calendar-oresund-bridge-aso-group-
copenhagen-malmo/ [Accessed 19/01/16]
Dlsweb.edu. (2016). Dead load. [online]. Available at:
https://www.dlsweb.rmit.edu.au/toolbox/buildright/content/bcgbc4010a/01_loads_loading/01_pri
mary_loads/page_002.htm [Accessed 14/04/16]
Dn.se. (2014). Oresund bridge provides multi-billion profits. [online]. Available at:
http://www.dn.se/ekonomi/oresundsbron-ger-mangmiljardvinster/ [Accessed 15/03/16]
Dreamcarz1.org. (2016). The World’s 10 Strangest Bridges. [online]. Available at:
https://www.dreamcarz1.org/2016/02/the-worlds-10-strangest-bridges/ [Accessed 13/04/16]
Dywidag-systems.com. (2016). The Oresund Link: Millennium Connection between Sweden &
Denmark made possible with DYWIDAG Technology. [online]. Available at: https://www.dywidag-
systems.com/emea/projects/project-details/article/oeresund-link-copenhagen-denmark.html
[Accessed 10/03/16]
EAPA. (2013). Asphalt Pavements on Bridge Decks. [online]. Available at:
http://www.eapa.org/userfiles/2/Publications/EAPA%20Paper%20-
%20Asphalt%20pavements%20on%20Bridge%20Decks%20-%202013.pdf [Accessed 24/03/16]
Earthobservatory.com. (2016). Global Temperatures. [online]. Available at:
http://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/Features/WorldOfChange/decadaltemp.php [Accessed 24/03/16]
EPA. (2014). Greenhouse Gas Emissions from a Typical Passenger Vehicle. [online]. Available at:
https://www3.epa.gov/otaq/climate/documents/420f14040a.pdf [Accessed 24/03/16]
Page | 215
EPSON (2013). European Land Use Pattern. Volume VI, The Oresund Region Case Study Report.
[online]. Available at:
http://www.espon.eu/export/sites/default/Documents/Projects/AppliedResearch/EU-
LUPA/FR/Volume_VI_Case_studies_Oresund.pdf [Accessed 03/03/16]
European Parliament. (2010). Fisheries. Policy Department – Structural and Cohesion Policies.
[online]. Available at:
http://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/note/join/2010/438585/IPOL-
PECH_NT(2010)438585_EN.pdf [Accessed 24/03/16]
Exchange.com. (2009). Oasis of the seas: dimensions. [online]. Available at:
https://exchange.dnv.com/Exchange/main.aspx?extool=vessel&subview=dimensions&vesselid=270
91 [Accessed 24/03/16]
Farrell. (2003). Comparing air pollution from ferry and landside commuting. [online]. Available at:
http://www.sciencedirect.com.ezproxy.brad.ac.uk/science/article/pii/S136192090300021X
[Accessed 16/04/16]
FDOT. (2014). Bridge Costs. Florida Department of Transportation. [online]. Available at:
http://www.dot.state.fl.us/planning/policy/costs/Bridges.pdf [Access 11/03/16]
Ferrycrossings.org.uk. (2016). Oresund Bridge, Denmark and Sweden. [online] Available at:
http://ferrycrossings.org.uk/travel-guides/denmark/oresund-bridge/ [Accessed 19/01/16]
Fhwa.gov. (2015). Construction Equipment Noise Levels and Ranges. [online]. Available at:
http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/noise/construction_noise/handbook/handbook09.cfm
[Accessed 25/03/16]
Globalpropertyguide.com (2015). Copenhagen house prices rising strongly, but Danes are way over-
borrowed. [online] Available at: http://www.globalpropertyguide.com/Europe/Denmark/Price-
History [Accessed 03/03/16]
Page | 216
Gluver, H. (1998). Ship Collision Analysis. [online]. Available at:
https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=t3DXmc-
mFhEC&dq=probability+of+ship+collision+bridge&source=gbs_navlinks_s [Accessed 14/03/16]
Gluver. (1998). Ship Collision Analysis. [online]. Available at:
https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=t3DXmc-
mFhEC&pg=PA79&lpg=PA79&dq=impact+force+of+large+ship+collision&source=bl&ots=xmBZ3dV5
0e&sig=oGxLj7Jxu5xsk7eNuLp-nt-
KE7I&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwipgumIto7MAhXJcRQKHdsKARwQ6AEIHDAA#v=onepage&q=impac
t%20force%20of%20large%20ship%20collision&f=false [Accessed 14/04/16]
GreenLITES. (2010). GreenLITES Project Design Certification Program. New York State Department of
Transportation (NYSDOT). [online] Available at: https://www.nysdot.gov/programs/greenlites
[Accessed 17/04/16]
Hamberg, T. (2014). Oresund Bridge provides multi-billion profits. [online]. Available at:
http://www.dn.se/ekonomi/oresundsbron-ger-mangmiljardvinster/ [Accessed 11/03/16]
Hergardt, B. [email protected]. Total maintenance cost estimate. 9th March 2016
Hughes. (2010). A CRITICAL ANALYIS OF THE ØRESUND BRIDGE, CONNECTING COPENHAGEN TO
MALMÖ. [online]. Available at:
http://www.bath.ac.uk/ace/uploads/StudentProjects/Bridgeconference2011/papers/Saleema%20H
ughes.pdf [Accessed 06/04/16]
Hughsandsalvidge.co.uk. (2016). Projects. [online]. Available at:
http://www.hughesandsalvidge.co.uk/projects [Accessed 11/03/16]
Hunt, L.R. (2005). Development of a rating system for sustainable bridges (PhD thesis).
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA
Page | 217
ICRI. (2008). Economic Values of Coral Reefs, Mangroves & Seagrasses. [online]. Available at:
http://coralreef.noaa.gov/aboutcrcp/strategy/reprioritization/wgroups/resources/climate/resource
s/econvalue.pdf [Accessed 15/04/16]
iihs.org. (2016). Frontal Crash Tests. [online]. Available at: http://www.iihs.org/iihs/ratings/ratings-
info/frontal-crash-tests [Accessed 08/04/16]
infectiousnews.com. (2012). Indian Seagrasses used to fight infections. [online]. Available at:
https://infectiousnews.wordpress.com/2012/10/04/indian-seagrasses-used-to-fight-infections/
[Accessed 12/04/16]
Isle of Wight Tourist Board. (2013). On Overview of the Isle of Wight, 2013. [online]. Available at:
http://visitwightpress.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/Annual-Tourism-Traffic-to-the-Isle-of-
Wight-2013.pdf [Accessed 15/04/16]
iwcp.co.uk. (2014). Solent tunnel plans revealed. [online]. Available at:
http://www.iwcp.co.uk/news/news/solent-tunnel-plans-revealed-70332.aspx [Accessed 12/04/16]
Jelson25. (2009). A picture of the Evergreen Point Floating Bridge (520 bridge) in Seattle,
Washington, shot from about 1,500', looking south-east. [online]. Available at:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Evergreen_Point_Floating_Bridge#/media/File:Aerial_520_Bridge_Au
gust_2009.JPG [Accessed 14/04/16]
JKSB (2013). Jambatan Kedua Sdn. Bhd. (JKSB) [Online]. Available:
http://www.jambatankedua.com.my/webv1/2013 [Accessed 17/04/16]
Johansson. (2012). Transforming dumps into gold mines. Experiences from Swedish case studies.
[online]. Available at: http://liu.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:570355/FULLTEXT02.pdf [Accessed
24/03/16]
Page | 218
Kalundu. (2015). Mile for mile, is it cheaper to build a bridge or an underground tunnel over a body
of water? [online]. Available at: https://www.quora.com/Mile-for-mile-is-it-cheaper-to-build-a-
bridge-or-an-underground-tunnel-over-a-body-of-water [Accessed 13/04/16]
Keyedin.com. (2014). Building an effective project risk management scoring matrix. [online].
Available at: http://www.keyedin.com/keyedinprojects/article/building-an-effective-project-risk-
management-scoring-matrix/ [Accessed 16/04/16]
Kirhammond.com. (2015). Posts tagged with: kerb. [online]. Available at:
https://kirhammond.wordpress.com/tag/kerb/ [Accessed 15/04/16]
Krokeborg, J. (2001). Straight Crossings 2001
Kxro.com. (2013). Changes being made to Aberdeen pontoon construction. [online]. Available at:
https://kxro.wordpress.com/2013/02/27/changes-being-made-to-aberdeen-pontoon-construction/
[Accessed 14/04/16]
Laboureconomics.com. (2012). An economic overview of Malmo, Sweden. [online]. Available at:
https://laboureconomics.wordpress.com/2012/04/30/an-economic-overview-of-malmo-sweden/
[Accessed 06/03/16]
Lensim.co.rs. (2016). Types of Tunnels & Construction Methods. [online]. Available at:
http://www.lensim.co.rs/files/File/Tunnels.pdf [Accessed 06/04/16]
Lightpollutionmap.info. (2015). Light Pollution Map. [online]. Available at:
http://www.lightpollutionmap.info/#zoom=10&lat=7476473.98359&lon=1426270.87047&layers=B0
TFFFTTT [Accessed 25/03/16]
Lowe. (2013). Approximately how many tones can the average large cargo ship carry. [online].
Available at: https://www.quora.com/Approximately-how-many-tons-can-the-average-large-cargo-
ship-carry [Accessed 14/04/16]
Page | 219
Macaumagazine.net. (2015). Thursday 27th August. [online]. Available at:
http://macaomagazine.net/node/1503 [Accessed 24/01/16]
Magebausa.com. (2016). Oresund Bridge. [online]. Available at:
http://www.magebausa.com/en/804/References.htm?Reference=19554 [Accessed 08/03/16]
Mathews et al, (2015). Environmental Impact Assessment Review – Social Cost Impact of Pipeline
Infrastructure Projects
McDermott. (2010). Modern cargo ships now travelling slower than 19th century clippers. [online].
Available at: http://www.treehugger.com/cars/modern-cargo-ships-now-traveling-slower-than-
19th-century-clippers.html [Accessed 14/04/16]
Merrick. (2014). George Osbourne vows to look into a fixed link from the mainland – but only if
islanders want it. [online]. Available at:
http://www.dailyecho.co.uk/news/11612410.Chancellor_pledges_to_investigate_bridge_or_tunnel
_to_the_Isle_of_Wight/ [Accessed 15/04/16]
Mirror.co.uk. (2014). Scientists calculate odd ways to die. [online]. Available at:
http://www.mirror.co.uk/news/weird-news/scientists-calculate-odd-ways-die-282884 [Accessed
08/04/16]
Morgan. (2011). BNSF Railway bridge across the Columbia River in Portland, Oregon, showing the
swing-span section turning. [online]. Available at:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swing_bridge#/media/File:BNSF_Bridge_9.6_swing_span_turned.jpg
[Accessed 13/04/16]
Muench, S.T., Anderson, J.L., Hatfield, J.P., Koester, J.R., So ¨derlund, M., (2011). Greenroads Manual
v1.5. Seattle, WA. [online] Available at:
http://aggregain.wrap.org.uk/sustainability/try_a_sustainability_tool/co2_emissions.html [Accessed
17/04/16]
Page | 220
ngarti.com. (2012). Arch Bridge Design. [online]. Available at: http://ngarti.com/2012/12/arch-
bridge-design/ [Accessed 14/04/16]
Nowak. (1993). Live Load Model for Highway Bridges. [online]. Available at:
https://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/handle/2027.42/30400/0000020.pdf [Accessed
14/04/16]
OECD. (2003). OECD Territorial Reviews OECD Territorial Reviews: Oresund, Denmark/Sweden 2003
OECD Territorial Reviews Series. [online]. Available at:
https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=K3Vu8FHavKgC&pg=PA38&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q&f=fals
e [Accessed 06/04/16]
OECD. (2013). The case of Oresund (Denmark-Sweden) – Regions and Innovation: Collaborating
Across Borders. [online]. Available at: http://www.oecd.org/gov/regional-
policy/publicationsdocuments/Oresund.pdf [Accessed 15/03/16]
OECD. (2014). Education at a Glance 2014 – Denmark. [online]. Available at:
http://www.oecd.org/edu/Denmark-EAG2014-Country-Note.pdf [Accessed 25/03/16]
OECD. (2014). Education at a Glance 2014 – Sweden. [online]. Available at:
https://www.oecd.org/edu/Sweden-EAG2014-Country-Note.pdf [Accessed 25/03/16]
Oldjoesphotos.co.uk. (2013). Whitby Swing Bridge. [online]. Available at:
http://www.oldjoesphotos.co.uk/gallerys/yorkshire/whitby/ [Accessed 13/04/16]
OMEGA. (2014). Project Profile: Sweden, The Oresund Link. [online]. Available at:
http://www.omegacentre.bartlett.ucl.ac.uk/wp-
content/uploads/2014/12/SWEDEN_ORESUND_PROFILE.pdf [Accessed 11/03/16]
Page | 221
Oresundsbron.com. (2016). Company. [online]. Available at:
https://www.oresundsbron.com/en/info/company [Accessed 11/03/16]
Oresundsbron.com. (2016). Performance. [online]. Available at:
https://www.oresundsbron.com/en/info/performance [Accessed 11/03/16]
Oresundsbron.com. (2016). Welcome to the Oresund Bridge. [online]. Available at:
https://www.oresundsbron.com/en/node/6738 [Accessed 11/03/16]
Owlnet. (2008). Bridge Damage and Repair Costs from Hurricane Katrina. [online]. Available at:
http://www.owlnet.rice.edu/~jp7/Padgett_JBE_Jan08_Bridge_Damage_and_Repair_Costs_from_Hu
rricane_Katrina_PUBLISHED.pdf [Accessed 14/03/16]
Parag, C. (1999). Current & Future Trends in Bridge Design, Construction and Maintenance
RAC Foundation. (2014). Air Quality & Road Transport. [online]. Available at:
http://www.racfoundation.org/assets/rac_foundation/content/downloadables/racf_ricardo_aea_ai
r_quality_report_hitchcock_et_al_june_2014.pdf [Accessed 16/04/16]
Redfunnel.co.uk. (2016). Vehicle Ferry Service FAQs. [online]. Available at:
http://www.redfunnel.co.uk/ferry-travel/passenger-vehicle-ferry-service/vehicle-ferry-service-faqs/
[Accessed 16/04/16]
Roadtraffic-technology.com. (2016). Oresund Bridge. [online] Available at: http://www.roadtraffic-
technology.com/projects/oresund/oresund8.html [Accessed 19/01/16]
Saaty, T.L. (2008). Relative measurement and its generalization in decision-making: Why pairwise
comparisons are central in mathematics for the measurement of intangible factors. The Analytic
Hierarchy/Network Process. RACSAM (Review of the Royal Spanish Academy of Sciences, Series A,
Mathematics). pp102, 251– 318
Page | 222
Sakerhetspolisen.se. (2016). Sweden as a potential attack target. [online]. Available at:
http://www.sakerhetspolisen.se/en/swedish-security-service/counter-terrorism/threats-and-threat-
assessment/sweden-as-a-potential-attack-target.html [Accessed 15/03/16]
Seat61.com. (2016). Trains versus Planes. [online]. Available at:
http://www.seat61.com/CO2flights.htm#.VvQUU_mLTIU [Accessed 24/03/16]
Seriouswonder.com. (2016). Tree shaped wind turbines: A technogaian revolution ahead. [online].
Available at: http://www.seriouswonder.com/tree-shaped-wind-turbines-technogaian-revolution-
ahead/ [Accessed 15/04/16]
Serpell, J (2015). Sustainability Assessment of Road-Bridges. pp.2
Sharma, V., Al-Hussein, M., Safouhi, H., & Bouferguene, A. (2008). Municipal infrastructure asset
levels of service assessment for investment decisions using analytic hierarchy process. Journal of
Infrastructure Systems, 14, 193–200
Shrubshall, C.J. (2000). A Critical Analysis of the Oresund Bridge linking Sweden and Denmark.
[online] Available at:
file:///C:/Users/jamesserpell/Documents/James/University/MEng%20Year/MEng%20FYP/Literature
/Shrubshall_Oresund.pdf [Accessed 19/01/16]
Skanska.com. (2016). Oresund Bridge, Sweden & Denmark. [online]. Available at:
http://www.skanska-sustainability-case-studies.com/index.php/latest-case-studies/item/83-
oresund-bridge-sweden-and-denmark?tmpl=component&print=1 [Accessed 11/03/16]
Skanska.com. (2016). Oresund Bridge, Sweden and Denmark. [online]. Available at:
http://www.skanska-sustainability-case-studies.com/index.php/latest-case-studies/item/83-
oresund-bridge-sweden-and-denmark?tmpl=component&print=1 [Accessed 10/03/16]
Page | 223
Slate.com. (2015). The Oresund Bridge brings literal meanings to Bridge and Tunnel. [online].
Available at:
http://www.slate.com/blogs/atlas_obscura/2015/07/16/the_resund_bridge_is_one_part_bridge_o
ne_part_tunnel_all_efficient_transporation.html [Accessed 24/03/16]
Snelling, S.A. (2010). Towards Green Bridges Paper presented at the Transportation Research Board
89th Annual Meeting
Spangenberg. (2002). The construction of the Øresund Link between Denmark and Sweden: the
effect of a multifaceted safety campaign. [online]. Available at:
http://www.arbejdsmiljoforskning.dk/~/media/Boeger-og-rapporter/17-papers--doctoral-
dissertation-2010-spangenberg.pdf [Accessed 25/03/16]
The US Department of Transport, (1996). Transit Noise and Impact Assessment. Chapter 12 – Noise
and Vibration during Construction. [online] Available at: http://ntl.bts.gov/data/rail05/ch12.pdf.
[Accessed 17/04/16]
Thebeautyoftransport.com. (2016). The Bridge (Oresund Link, Denmark-Sweden). [online]. Available
at: https://thebeautyoftransport.wordpress.com/2015/07/15/the-bridge-oresund-link-
denmarksweden/ [Accessed 08/03/16]
Theengineeringtoolbox.com. (2016). Wire rope – strength. [online]. Available at:
http://www.engineeringtoolbox.com/wire-rope-strength-d_1518.html [Accessed 14/04/16]
Thefarmingforum.co.uk (2014). Farm for sale in Sweden! [online] Available at:
http://thefarmingforum.co.uk/index.php?threads/farm-for-sale-in-sweden.38406/ [Accessed
03/03/16]
Theguardian.com. (2016). How will climate change affect rainfall. [online]. Available at:
http://www.theguardian.com/environment/2011/dec/15/climate-change-rainfall [Accessed
24/03/16]
Page | 224
Timetric.com. (2015). Isle of Wight, Gross Domestic Product (GDP) at current market prices by NUTS
3 Regions. [online]. Available at: https://timetric.com/index/2M9-_N1dROmaTpd7HJg5FQ/
[Accessed 15/04/16]
Transport.gov.scot. (2016). Executive Summary. [online]. Available at:
http://www.transport.gov.scot/report/j10724c-04.htm [Accessed 08/03/16]
Tumbler.com Bridge Span (2016). Bridge Span. [online] Available at:
https://www.tumblr.com/search/bridge%20span [Accessed 19/01/16]
Tutorvista.com. (2016). Buoyancy Formula. [online]. Available at:
http://formulas.tutorvista.com/physics/buoyancy-formula.html [Accessed 14/04/16]
UCL (2014). Centre for Mega Projects in Transport & Development. Project Profile: Sweden, The
Oresund Link. [online]. Available at: http://www.omegacentre.bartlett.ucl.ac.uk/wp-
content/uploads/2014/12/SWEDEN_ORESUND_PROFILE.pdf [Accessed 01/03/16]
Ugwu et al. (2006). Sustainability Appraisal in Infrastructure Projects (SUSAIP): Part 2: A case study in
bridge design. Automation in Construction. [online]. Available at:
file:///C:/Users/jamesserpell/Documents/James/University/MEng%20Year/MEng%20FYP/Literature
/SUSAIP-Part%202%20-%20A%20case%20study%20in%20bridge.pdf [Accessed 24/01/16]
Van Gorkum. (2010). CO2 emissions and energy consumption during the construction of concrete
structures. [online]. Available at: file:///C:/Users/jamesserpell/Downloads/AF-211_Van_Gorkum_-
_CO2_emissions_and_energy_consumption_construction_concrete_structures_.pdf [Accessed
24/03/16]
Webarchive.org. (2006). Saltholm. [online]. Available at:
https://web.archive.org/web/20070624151442/http://www.skovognatur.dk/Udgivelser/Reservatfol
dere/salt.htm [Accessed 24/03/16]
Page | 225
Webcitation.org. (2007). Kaliabhomora Bridge. [online]. Available at:
http://www.webcitation.org/query?url=http://www.geocities.com/akash_p_b/KALIABHOMORA.ht
m&date=2009-10-25+12:09:21 [Accessed 15/04/16]
Whippy. (2012). Winter coat – in England. [online]. Available at:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_squirrel#/media/File:Redsquirrel_eating_2012.jpg [Accessed
12/04/16]
Wikipedia.org Puente del Alamillo. (2016). Puente del Alamillo. [online] Available at:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Puente_del_Alamillo [Accessed 19/01/16]
Wikipedia.org The Brige. (2016). The Bridge (Danish/Swedish TV Series). [online] Available at:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Bridge_(Danish/Swedish_TV_series) [Accessed 19/01/16]
Williamson. (2012). Seven Ways to Compute the Relative Value of a U.S. Dollar Amount - 1774 to
Present.
Wrap. (2016). Waste Reduction Potential of Precast concrete Manufactured Offsite. [online].
Available at: http://www.wrap.org.uk/sites/files/wrap/Pre-cast%20concrete%20-
%20Full%20case%20study1.pdf [Accessed 06/04/16]
Yadollahi et al. (2014). A multi-criteria analysis for bridge sustainability assessment: a case study of
Penang Second Bridge, Malaysia. Structure and Infrastructure Engineering. 11:5, pp.638-654.
[online] Accessed 04/11/15. Available at:
http://www.tandfonline.com.ezproxy.brad.ac.uk/doi/pdf/10.1080/15732479.2014.893002
[Accessed 17/04/16]
Youramazingplaces.com. (2016). The World’s 10 Most Amazing Bridges. [online]. Available at:
http://www.youramazingplaces.com/the-worlds-10-most-amazing-bridges/ [Accessed 10/03/16]
Page | 226
Youtube.com. (2015). The Tallest Bridge in the World, France. [online] Available at:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bDi0kg6_nek [Accessed 19/01/16]
Zhange & Zou (2007). Fuzzy analytical hierarchy process risk assessment approach for joint venture
construction projects in China. Journal of Construction Engineering and Management. 133, 771–779
Page | 227
Appendix 1. Data collection
Appendix 1.1. – Environment
Appendix 1.1.1. – Ecological impact
Direct cost of measures taken to preserve ecology
- Cost of artificial island built to preserve ecology of Saltholm. 30 million euros. OECD. (2013).
£24.3 million.
- Cost of silt capture during dredging. £0 (no additional measures, just steady dredging).
Direct saving from taking preservation measures
- Cost of avian impact. £5000 per bird (assumed). Probability 40,000 birds impacted. £200 million.
Webarchive.org. (2006).
- Cost of flora impact. No protected species but provides food for birds & animals. Link with avian
impact.
- Cost of marine impact. Cost of cod in Swedish Kroner 23.4 SEK. Agrifood. (2014). Probability of
2.5% decrease in fish due to dredging. American.edu. (2016). 1 million fish in the region.
European Parliament. (2010). Therefore, 25000 fish = 585000 SEK. £51,000.
Direct cost of unforeseen ecological impact
- £0. (Assumed, EIA would need to be repeated).
Appendix 1.1.2. – Energy use
Amount of CO2 produced
- Carbon Footprint of road traffic use. Average CO2 for car per mile = 411g. EPA. (2014). Miles on
Link = 10 miles. Average amount of vehicles pass per year = 6205000. Slate.com. (2015). 100
year life time. 2550 Gg CO2 emissions.
- Carbon footprint of rail traffic use. Average CO2 for train per mile = 30g. Seat61.com. (2016).
Average number of trains per day = 65. oresundsbron.com. (2016). 711.75 Mg CO2.
- Carbon footprint of concrete manufacture. 154 kg CO2 per m3. Van Gorkum. (2010). 160 million
m3 of concrete. Therefore, 24643 Gg CO2.
- Carbon footprint of steel manufacture. 714 per ton. Van Gorkum. (2010). 8t/m3. 480000 m3.
Therefore, 2741 Gg CO2.
Page | 228
Energy saved
- LED light saving. Negligible.
Appendix 1.1.3. – Waste management
Amount of waste send directly to landfill
- Negligible.
Amount of waste recycled
- 1.6 million tonnes of excavated waste. Johansson. (2012).
Amount of waste re-used on site
- 20Mm3 of re-used Copenhagen Limestone for the Peberholm island. Copenhagen Limestone
weighs 150 pounds per cubic foot = 10kg/m3. 200Mg. 200kt.
Appendix 1.1.4. – Land use
Amount of free land used
- Sea bed. 7570 ha.
Amount of pre-occupied land used
- Approach land. 410 ha.
Appendix 1.1.5. – Natural material used
Amount of natural material used
- 200kt of re-used Copenhagen Limestone for the Peberholm island.
Appendix 1.1.6. – Consideration of environmental climate change
Consideration of sea-level rise
- Height clearance under main span for ships. Present clearance = 57m. C.J. Shrubshall. (2000).
Average height of cruise ship = 47m (above water line). Exchange.com. (2009). Average sea level
rise = 3mm per year (300mm in life time). Christopher. (2015). Considered.
- Difference to horizontal loading on piers. Negligible. Considered.
- Peberholm flooding. Peberholm 20m high. Considered.
Consideration of temperature change
- Expansion/contraction of steel/tarmac/concrete. Expansion = 2540mm. Hughes. (2010). Finite
element analysis and thermal expansion monitoring. Considered.
Page | 229
Consideration of rainfall increase
- Surface water runoff. Rainfall increase 2% per degree of warming. Theguardian.com. (2016).
Estimated degree increase. 0.2 degrees per decade (2 degrees in life time).
Earthobservatory.com. (2016). Therefore, 4% rainfall increase. Waterproofing layer, sub-surface
asphalt drainage can take up to 10% increase in rainfall. EAPA. (2013). Considered.
Appendix 1.2. – Economy
Appendix 1.2.1. – Economic impact
Direct Cost
- 2.6 billion euros (design & construction). UCL (2014). £2.1 billion.
- 7.5 billion Danish kroner (maintenance). Hergardt, B. [email protected]. Total
maintenance cost estimate. 9th March 2016. £815 million.
- $60 per square foot (demolition). Oresund bridge has 25.3 million square feet. $1.5 billion.
FDOT. (2014). £1.06 billion.
Indirect Cost
- Land use: Denmark road (by 20m): 3km airport, 2km residential, 4.5km agricultural. Denmark
rail (by 17m): airport 3km, residential 2.5km, agricultural 5km. Sweden road: agricultural 9km.
Sweden rail: agricultural 10km. EPSON (2013).
Cost of land: Denmark residential: £2118 per s m. globalpropertyguide.com (2015).
Denmark agricultural: £10,000 per acre. capreform.eu (2008).
Denmark airport: same as agricultural. Same ref as land use.
Sweden agricultural: £4000 per acre. thefarmingforum.co.uk (2014).
Total cost = £176 million.
- Zero shipping transport disruption. (Shrubshall, 2000).
- Minimal road traffic disruption. Negligible cost. Krokeborg, J. (2001).
- Minimal rail traffic disruption. Negligible cost. Krokeborg, J. (2001).
Direct Income
- 1.7 million DKK per year. 170 million DKK in life time. oresundsbron.com. (2016). £18.5 million.
Page | 230
Indirect Income
- 6.5 billion SEK per year. Therefore 650 billion SEK over life time. Hamberg, T. (2014). £56.5
billion.
Appendix 1.2.2. – Employment
Number of local jobs, permanent full-time
- Toll road – 2. oresundsbron.com. (2016).
- Bridge maintenance/operation centre – 200. oresundsbron.com. (2016).
Number of local jobs, permanent part-time
- Maintenance – 100. Parag, C. (1999). Current & Future Trends in Bridge Design, Construction
and Maintenance.
Number of local jobs, temporary full-time
- Design – 4. OMEGA. (2014).
- Construction – 5000. skanska.com. (2016).
- Demolition – 100. Hughsandsalvidge.co.uk. (2016).
Appendix 1.2.3. – Economic Risk
Direct cost of insurance taken out
- 9.21 million DKK per year. 921 million DKK life time. Hergardt, B. [email protected]. Total
maintenance cost estimate. 9th March 2016. £100 million.
Direct saving from insured events occurring
- Extreme weather conditions halting construction – 500 million DKK. Bridgeinsurance.co.uk.
(2016). £54.3 million.
- Ship collision (damaging the structure) - $6 million per impact. Owlnet. (2008). £4.3 million.
Probability of ship collision – 1 in 10 years. Gluver, H. (1998) = £43 million over life span.
- Plane collision (damaging the structure) - $30 million per impact. Owlnet. (2008). £21.3 million.
Probability of plane collision – 1 in 100 years. [no information found, authors estimate] = £21.3
million over life span.
- Road collision (damaging the structure) - $1 million per impact. Owlnet. (2008). £709,000.
Probability of road collision – 1 in 5 years. iihs.org. (2016). = £35.5 million over life span.
Page | 231
- Train collision (damaging the structure) - $6 million per impact. Owlnet. (2008).
Probability of train collision – 1 in 100 years. mirror.co.uk (2014). = £4.3 million.
Direct saving from insurance not taken out
- Terrorist attack - $125,000 per year. $12.5 million for life time. US Congress. (2002). £8.86
million.
Direct cost of uninsured event from occurring
- Terrorist attack - $30 million per attack. Owlnet. (2008). £21.3 million.
Probability of terrorist attach – 1 in 100 year. sakerhetspolisen.se. (2016) = £21.3 million in life
span.
Appendix 1.2.4. – Financial investment
Investment from local sources
- Tax money used for land connections. 5 million euros. OECD. (2013). £4.04 million.
Investment from non-local sources
- Rest of Link paid for by owner, Danish/Swedish built company Oresundsbro Konsortiet. Loans
taken from Government. 2.595 billion euros. dn.se. (2014). £2.1 billion.
Appendix 1.3. – Society
Appendix 1.3.1. – Health & wellbeing
Noise impact
- Noise impact during construction. Average noise level in daytime = 83db. Fhwa.gov. (2015).
Average noise level in evening = 70. Average noise at night = 70. [all data for 15m]
Nearest house = 40m from construction
Average noise impact for housing: daytime = 31.13db, evening = 26.25db, night = 26.25db.
- Noise impact during use. Average noise level in daytime = 50db. CALTRANS. (1998). Evening =
40. Night = 30.
- Highest noise impact is during construction. Lden =
10log10[(12/24)*10(Lday/10)+(4/24)*10(Levening+5/10)+(8/24)*10(Lnight+10/10)] = 33.57db.
Light pollution
- Radiance of bridge = 20.9 mag/arcsec2. Lightpollutionmap.info. (2015).
Page | 232
Air Quality
- Air pollution reduced by 50% due to 25% increase in rail travel & reduce in ferry travel. Hughes.
(2010).
Appendix 1.3.2. – Transport impact
Delay time
- Transport delay time during construction. Negligible.
- Estimated transport delay time during demolition. Negligible.
Time saved
- Time saved by rail. Time before = N/A. Time after = 43min.
- Time saved by car. Time before = 2h. Time after = 47min. Saving = 1hr 13min.
Appendix 1.3.3. – Stakeholder engagement
Consideration of stakeholders
- Regional & National Government. Part of design process.
- Environmental Agency. Part of design process.
- Local Residents. Informed of progress & plan.
- Local business owners. Informed of progress & plan.
- Tourists. Informed of progress & plan. Skanska.com. (2016)
Complaints/disputes
- Negligible. Skanska.com. (2016)
Appendix 1.3.4. – Health & Safety
Lost time due to accidents occurred
- Lost time due to injury. 4.4 hours. Spangenberg. (2002).
Appendix 1.3.5. – Visual impact
Leonhardt’s 10 rules of aesthetics
- Conforms to all 10 rules. Shrubshall. (2000).
Appendix 1.3.6. – Equality
Impact of racial equality
- Racial equality in the workplace. Conformity due to company policy. Skanska. (2010).
Page | 233
Impact of gender equality
- Gender equality in the workplace. Conformity due to company policy. Skanska. (2010).
Impact of disability equality
- Disability equality in the workplace. Conformity due to company policy. Skanska. (2010).
Impact of age equality
- Age equality in the workplace. Conformity due to company policy. Skanska. (2010).
Appendix 1.3.7. – Educational impact
Cost of improvements to the educational sector
- Educational growth in Malmo. 6.8% growth of GDP spent on Education after bridge built. OECD.
(2014).
- Educational growth in Copenhagen. 7.9% growth of GDP spent on education after bridge built.
OECD. (2014).
Appendix 1.3.8. – Consideration of social climate change
Consideration of traffic congestion increase
- Possibility to add lane expansion via hanging extra truss or widening carriageway. Considered.
Shrubshall. (2000).
Page | 234
Appendix 2. Meeting logbook
Appendix 2.1. – Semester 1
Appendix 2.1.1. – Week 1
Student Report: No meeting was scheduled. I took this week for independent research
and to develop ideas for The Advanced Final Year Project.
Appendix 2.1.2. – Week 2
Student Report: No meeting was scheduled. I took this week for independent research
and to develop ideas for The Advanced Final Year Project.
Appendix 2.1.3. – Week 3
Student Report: No meeting was scheduled. I took this week for independent research
and to develop ideas for The Advanced Final Year Project.
Appendix 2.1.4. – Week 4
Student Report: No meeting was scheduled. I took this week for independent research
and to develop ideas for The Advanced Final Year Project.
Appendix 2.1.5. – Week 5
Student Report: Meeting scheduled. Discussed ideas for project developed in the
previous weeks. Advised to choose from 2 ideas, stick to sustainability assessment (now
will be referred to as SA) of road-bridges or to assess rail-bridges. Either choice will
require more challenging case-studies than Stage 3. Instructed to return next week with a
title choice & working method.
Page | 235
Appendix 2.1.6. – Week 6
Student Report: Meeting scheduled. Discussed title choice of ‘Sustainability Assessment
of Rail-Bridges’ and choice of possible case-studies, The Oresund Bridge and Forth Rail
Bridge. Advised to research The Humber Bridge. Advised to change the title to
‘Sustainability Assessment of Complex Bridges’ to allow for both assessment of rail & road
bridges. Supervisor reviewed working method and instructed to allow for design &
assessment of a new build. Instructed to design a single element of the new build to show
skill range. Meet times now changed from 11:00am Tues to 11:00am Thurs.
Appendix 2.1.7. – Week 7
Student Report: Meeting scheduled. Supervisor asked for updated versions of Gannt
Chart and Project Details Form to be sent. Reminder that interim report due in Week 12
includes: Gannt Chart, Aims & Objectives and Literature Review. Supervisor scheduled for
Chapter 1 to be completed by Week 9 meet and Lit Review to be finished by Week 10. No
meeting scheduled next week as supervisor is away.
Appendix 2.1.8. – Week 8
Student Report: No meeting scheduled. Supervisor away on other business.
Appendix 2.1.9. – Week 9
Student Report: Meeting scheduled but not completed. Supervisor away on other
business.
Appendix 2.1.10.- Week 10
Student Report: Meeting scheduled. Student told supervisor of recent events which
caused for little work completed. Supervisor accepted reasons but advised to get started
as soon as possible. Student asked technical question about working methodology of the
Penang Bridge Multi-Criteria Assessment paper, supervisor advised student to visit maths
‘drop-in’ session. Supervisor advised student to review journal impact factor for literature
(how well regarded the journal is in the appropriate field).
Appendix 2.1.11. – Week 11
Student Report: No meeting scheduled. Student did not have any questions for
supervisor.
Page | 236
Appendix 2.1.12. – Week 12
Student Report: No meeting scheduled. Student did not have any questions for
supervisor.
Appendix 2.2. – Semester 2
Appendix 2.2.1. – Week 1
Student Report: No meeting scheduled.
Appendix 2.2.2. – Week 2
Student Report: No meeting scheduled.
Appendix 2.2.3. – Week 3
Student Report: Meeting scheduled. Discussed progress since interim report hand in.
Discussed interim report. Supervisor advised student to make some minor changes to
layout and general presentation. Supervisor also asked student to update Gannt chart as
progress had differed.
Appendix 2.2.4. – Week 4
Student Report: Meeting scheduled. Discussed additional layout issues. List of
equations, tables & figures are all separate lists and should be shown on the contents
page. All page numbering before main report should be in roman numerals. Brief
summary of chapter should be at end of chapter, not sub-chapter. No capital ‘T’ in the
‘The’ of ‘The Oresund Bridge’. Possibly bullet point references to avoid confusion as to
where different references start and end.
Appendix 2.2.5. – Week 5
Student Report: No meeting scheduled.
Page | 237
Appendix 2.2.6. – Week 6
Student Report: Meeting scheduled. Discussed latest progress in writing of
Adaptation/Improvement of model. Supervisor advised to: not use abbreviations in
titles/sub-titles, make a case for why improvement is needed and to make reference to
where the ‘stages’ are discussed in the paper. Supervisor also advised to integrate the
chapter into another chapter as it was too small to be considered to be an out and out
chapter. Supervisor mentioned that there would be a meeting involving Arup
representatives and that information could be salvaged.
Appendix 2.2.7. – Week 7
Student Report: No meeting scheduled.
Appendix 2.2.8. – Week 8
Student Report: Meeting scheduled. Discussed latest progress (beginning to assess
Oresund Link). Supervisor said that I would not be able to get professional opinion with
weightings as it is classified information. Student will have to decide the weightings but
must make the method clear. Supervisor also advised on general writing tips such as:
where to place figures, what wording to use in titles, etc. Supervisor also advised to
emphasise what is original work as this is 70% of the overall mark. Also, try to include a 4th
chapter for discussion.
Appendix 2.2.9. – Week 9
Student Report: Meeting scheduled. Discussed latest progress and supervisor happy
that student is on track (Oresund assessment should be complete by the end of the
week). Discussed plans to design/assess original bridge design. Student put forward idea
to design a Pontoon (floating) bridge in order to avoid damaging protected sea-life.
Supervisor praised idea but also suggested other methods such as the Bingley bridge
which crosses a protected marsh-land. Discussed level of design and decided to do
outline design with some aspects of detailed design if suitable (in regards to time
management). Supervisor advised student that next/last meeting would be in Week 11.
Appendix 2.2.10. – Week 10
Student Report: Short meeting scheduled. Student advised supervisor that progress was
going well.
Page | 238
Appendix 2.2.11. – Week 11
Student Report: Meeting Scheduled. Progress still going well. Supervisor advised
student on how to critically analyse in the final ‘Discussion’ chapter. Advised on where and
how to lay out the rest of the report (intro, abstract etc.).
Appendix 2.2.12. – Week 12
Student Report: No meeting scheduled.
Page | 239
Appendix 3. Report progression Gannt Chart
Page | 240
Page | 241
Appendix 4. Solent Link drawings
[Please see Page 242 & Page 243].